JP7554371B2 - COMPOUND, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a compound, an organic electroluminescent element, and an electronic device.

Organic electroluminescence elements (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "organic EL elements") are applied to full-color displays such as mobile phones and televisions. When a voltage is applied to an organic EL element, holes are injected from the anode into the light-emitting layer, and electrons are injected from the cathode into the light-emitting layer. Then, in the light-emitting layer, the injected holes and electrons recombine to form excitons. At this time, according to the statistical laws of electron spin, singlet excitons are generated at a rate of 25% and triplet excitons are generated at a rate of 75%.
In order to improve the performance of organic EL elements, various studies have been conducted on compounds used in organic EL elements (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2). Examples of the performance of organic EL elements include luminance, emission wavelength, chromaticity, luminous efficiency, driving voltage, and lifespan.

International Publication No. 2021/132535 International Publication No. 2009/081774

An object of the present invention is to provide a compound capable of improving the life of an organic electroluminescence element, an organic electroluminescence element containing the compound, and an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescence element.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescence element having an improved life span, and an electronic device incorporating the organic electroluminescence element.

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-A):

(In the above general formula (1C-A),
one of R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-A) above;
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by formula (1D-A) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-A), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group,
when R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-A), R ₁₁ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group;
In the general formula (1D-A), one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-A), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-A) that are not the bonding position are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded together,
R 21 to R 30 in the general formula (1D-A), which are not bonded to the _benz [a] _anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-A), do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
However, at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ is other than a hydrogen atom.
In the compound represented by the general formula (1C-A), R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R _{904 ,} R 905 , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-B):

(In the above general formula (1C-B),
one of R ₄ to R ₆ , R ₈ , and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B) above;
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₇ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₆ , R ₈ , and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by formula (1D-B) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted phenyl group,
When R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B), R ₁₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group;
In the general formula (1D-B), one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-B), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B) that are not the bonding position are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded together,
R 21 to R 30 in the general formula (1D-B), which are not bonded to the _benz [a] _anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-B), do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, each independently represent
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the compound represented by the general formula (1C-B), R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R _{904 ,} R 905 , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-C):

(In the general formula (1C-C),
one of R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-C) above,
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by formula (1D-C) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-C), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group,
When R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-C), R ₁₁ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group,
In the general formula (1D-C), one of R ₂₂ , R ₂₃ , R ₂₅ , R ₂₇ , R ₂₈ , and R ₃₀ represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-C), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ , R ₂₄ , R ₂₆ , and R ₂₉ , and R ₂₂ , R ₂₃ , R ₂₅ , R ₂₇ , R ₂₈ , and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-C) that are not the bonding position,
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R 21 to R 30 in the general formula (1D-C), which are not bonded to the _benz [a] _anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-C), do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the compound represented by the general formula (1C-C), R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R _{904 ,} R 905 , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an organic electroluminescent element containing a compound according to one aspect of the present invention.

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an organic electroluminescent element having an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, wherein at least one of the organic layers contains a compound according to one aspect of the present invention.

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an organic electroluminescence device comprising an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic layer having an emission region, the emission region including a first emission layer and a second emission layer, the first emission layer containing a first compound represented by the following general formula (1C), and the second emission layer containing a second compound.

(In the general formula (1C),
one of R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D);
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by formula (1D) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group;
When R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D), R ₁₁ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group;
In the general formula (1D), one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D) that are not the bonding position are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R 21 to R 30 in the general formula (1D), which are not bonded to the benz[a] _anthracene ring in the general formula (1C), do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or _{unsubstituted} fused ring, each independently represent
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the compound represented by the general formula (1C), R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R ₉₀₄ , R ₉₀₅ , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

According to one aspect of the present invention, an electronic device is provided that is equipped with an organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of the present invention.

According to one embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a compound capable of improving the lifetime of an organic electroluminescence element, an organic electroluminescence element including the compound, and an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescence element.
According to one embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence element with an improved lifetime and an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescence element.

1 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of an example of an organic electroluminescence element according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of another example of an organic electroluminescence element according to an embodiment of the present invention.

[Definition]
In this specification, hydrogen atoms include isotopes having different numbers of neutrons, namely protium, deuterium, and tritium.

In this specification, in a chemical structural formula, any possible bonding position that is not explicitly indicated with a symbol such as "R" or "D" representing a deuterium atom is assumed to have a hydrogen atom, i.e., a light hydrogen atom, a deuterium atom, or a tritium atom, bonded thereto.

In this specification, the number of ring carbon atoms refers to the number of carbon atoms among the atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound having a structure in which atoms are bonded in a ring (e.g., a monocyclic compound, a fused ring compound, a bridged compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound).
When the ring is substituted with a substituent, the carbon contained in the substituent is not included in the number of ring carbon atoms. The "number of ring carbon atoms" described below is the same unless otherwise specified. For example, a benzene ring has 6 ring carbon atoms, a naphthalene ring has 10 ring carbon atoms, a pyridine ring has 5 ring carbon atoms, and a furan ring has 4 ring carbon atoms. In addition, for example, a 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group has 13 ring carbon atoms, and a 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl group has 25 ring carbon atoms.
In addition, when a benzene ring is substituted with, for example, an alkyl group as a substituent, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not included in the number of ring carbon atoms of the benzene ring. Therefore, the number of ring carbon atoms of the benzene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 6. In addition, when a naphthalene ring is substituted with, for example, an alkyl group as a substituent, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not included in the number of ring carbon atoms of the naphthalene ring. Therefore, the number of ring carbon atoms of the naphthalene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 10.

In this specification, the number of ring atoms refers to the number of atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound (e.g., a monocyclic compound, a fused ring compound, a bridged compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound) having a structure in which atoms are bonded in a ring (e.g., a monocyclic ring, a fused ring, and a ring assembly). The number of ring atoms does not include atoms that do not constitute a ring (e.g., a hydrogen atom that terminates the bond of an atom constituting a ring) or atoms contained in a substituent when the ring is substituted with a substituent. The "number of ring atoms" described below is the same unless otherwise specified. For example, the number of ring atoms of a pyridine ring is 6, the number of ring atoms of a quinazoline ring is 10, and the number of ring atoms of a furan ring is 5. For example, the number of hydrogen atoms or atoms constituting a substituent bonded to a pyridine ring is not included in the number of pyridine ring atoms. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of a pyridine ring to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent is bonded is 6. For example, hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms of a quinazoline ring or atoms constituting a substituent are not included in the number of ring atoms of the quinazoline ring. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of a quinazoline ring to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent is bonded is 10.

In this specification, the "carbon number XX to YY" in the expression "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having carbon numbers XX to YY" refers to the number of carbon atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted, and does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent when the ZZ group is substituted. Here, "YY" is larger than "XX", "XX" means an integer of 1 or more, and "YY" means an integer of 2 or more.

In this specification, the "atomic number XX to YY" in the expression "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having atomic number XX to YY" refers to the number of atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted, and does not include the number of atoms of the substituents when the ZZ group is substituted. Here, "YY" is larger than "XX", "XX" means an integer of 1 or more, and "YY" means an integer of 2 or more.

In this specification, the term "unsubstituted ZZ group" refers to the case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is an "unsubstituted ZZ group", and the term "substituted ZZ group" refers to the case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is a "substituted ZZ group".
In the present specification, "unsubstituted" in the case of "a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that a hydrogen atom in the ZZ group is not replaced with a substituent. The hydrogen atom in the "unsubstituted ZZ group" is a protium atom, a deuterium atom, or a tritium atom.
In the present specification, "substitution" in the case of "a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the ZZ group are replaced with a substituent. Similarly, "substitution" in the case of "a BB group substituted with an AA group" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the BB group are replaced with an AA group.

"Substituents Described Herein"
The substituents described in this specification are described below.

The "unsubstituted aryl group" described in this specification has 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
The "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in this specification has 5 to 50 ring atoms, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 to 18 ring atoms, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
The "unsubstituted alkyl group" described in this specification has 1 to 50 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkenyl group" described in this specification, unless otherwise specified in this specification, is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6.
The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkynyl group" described in this specification, unless otherwise specified in this specification, is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6.
The "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in this specification has 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
The "unsubstituted arylene group" described in this specification has 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
The number of ring atoms in the “unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group” described in this specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
The "unsubstituted alkylene group" described in this specification has 1 to 50 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted aryl group"
Specific examples (specific example group G1) of the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted aryl group (specific example group G1A) and substituted aryl group (specific example group G1B). (Here, the term "unsubstituted aryl group" refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" is an "unsubstituted aryl group", and the term "substituted aryl group" refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" is a "substituted aryl group".) In this specification, the term "aryl group" simply refers to both an "unsubstituted aryl group" and a "substituted aryl group".
The term "substituted aryl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted aryl group" are replaced with a substituent. Examples of the "substituted aryl group" include the "unsubstituted aryl group" in the specific example group G1A below in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent, and the substituted aryl group in the specific example group G1B below. The examples of the "unsubstituted aryl group" and the examples of the "substituted aryl group" listed here are merely examples, and the "substituted aryl group" described in this specification also includes a group in which a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of the aryl group itself in the "substituted aryl group" in the specific example group G1B below is further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which a hydrogen atom of a substituent in the "substituted aryl group" in the specific example group G1B below is further replaced with a substituent.

Unsubstituted aryl groups (specific example group G1A):
Phenyl group,
p-biphenyl group,
m-biphenyl group,
o-biphenyl group,
p-terphenyl-4-yl group,
p-terphenyl-3-yl group,
p-terphenyl-2-yl group,
m-terphenyl-4-yl group,
m-terphenyl-3-yl group,
m-terphenyl-2-yl group,
o-terphenyl-4-yl group,
o-terphenyl-3-yl group,
o-terphenyl-2-yl group,
1-naphthyl group,
2-naphthyl group,
anthryl group,
Benzanthryl group,
A phenanthryl group,
Benzophenanthryl group,
A phenalenyl group,
Pyrenyl group,
Chrysenyl group,
benzochrysenyl group,
A triphenylenyl group,
Benzotriphenylenyl group,
tetracenyl group,
Pentacenyl group,
fluorenyl group,
9,9'-spirobifluorenyl group,
Benzofluorenyl group,
Dibenzofluorenyl group,
fluoranthenyl group,
Benzofluoranthenyl group,
A perylenyl group, or a monovalent aryl group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring structure represented by the following general formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15).

Substituted aryl groups (specific example group G1B):
o-tolyl group,
m-tolyl group,
p-tolyl group,
para-xylyl group,
meta-xylyl group,
ortho-xylyl group,
para-isopropylphenyl group,
meta-isopropylphenyl group,
ortho-isopropylphenyl group,
para-t-butylphenyl group,
A meta-t-butylphenyl group,
ortho-t-butylphenyl group,
3,4,5-trimethylphenyl group,
9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group,
9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group,
9,9-bis(4-methylphenyl)fluorenyl group,
9,9-bis(4-isopropylphenyl)fluorenyl group,
9,9-bis(4-t-butylphenyl)fluorenyl group,
Cyanophenyl group,
triphenylsilylphenyl group,
trimethylsilylphenyl group,
phenylnaphthyl group,
naphthylphenyl group, and monovalent groups derived from the ring structures represented by the above general formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15), in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with substituents.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group"
The "heterocyclic group" described herein is a cyclic group containing at least one heteroatom as a ring-forming atom. Specific examples of the heteroatom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom, and a boron atom.
The "heterocyclic groups" described herein are either monocyclic or fused ring groups.
The "heterocyclic group" described herein may be an aromatic heterocyclic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
Specific examples (specific example group G2) of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted heterocyclic group (specific example group G2A) and substituted heterocyclic group (specific example group G2B). (Here, the unsubstituted heterocyclic group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group", and the substituted heterocyclic group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is a "substituted heterocyclic group".) In this specification, when the term "heterocyclic group" is simply used, it includes both an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and a "substituted heterocyclic group".
The term "substituted heterocyclic group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted heterocyclic group" include the groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" in the specific example group G2A below are replaced, and the examples of the substituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2B below are exemplified. The examples of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and the examples of the "substituted heterocyclic group" listed here are merely examples, and the "substituted heterocyclic group" described in this specification also includes the groups in which the hydrogen atoms bonded to the ring-forming atoms of the heterocyclic group itself in the "substituted heterocyclic group" in the specific example group G2B are further replaced with a substituent, and the groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the substituents in the "substituted heterocyclic group" in the specific example group G2B are further replaced with a substituent.

Specific example group G2A includes, for example, the following unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2A1), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2A3), and monovalent heterocyclic groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring structure represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (specific example group G2A4).

Specific example group G2B includes, for example, the following substituted heterocyclic groups containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1), substituted heterocyclic groups containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2), substituted heterocyclic groups containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2B3), and groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group derived from a ring structure represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are replaced with a substituent (specific example group G2B4).

Unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2A1):
Pyrrolyl group,
imidazolyl group,
A pyrazolyl group,
A triazolyl group,
Tetrazolyl group,
oxazolyl group,
an isoxazolyl group,
oxadiazolyl group,
A thiazolyl group,
isothiazolyl group,
A thiadiazolyl group,
Pyridyl group,
pyridazinyl group,
A pyrimidinyl group,
Pyrazinyl group,
Triazinyl group,
Indolyl groups,
isoindolyl group,
Indolizinyl group,
A quinolizinyl group,
A quinolyl group,
isoquinolyl group,
Cinnolyl group,
phthalazinyl group,
A quinazolinyl group,
quinoxalinyl group,
Benzimidazolyl group,
Indazolyl group,
A phenanthrolinyl group,
A phenanthridinyl group,
acridinyl group,
A phenazinyl group,
A carbazolyl group,
Benzocarbazolyl group,
morpholino group,
phenoxazinyl group,
A phenothiazinyl group,
Azacarbazolyl and diazacarbazolyl groups.

Unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2):
Furyl group,
oxazolyl group,
an isoxazolyl group,
oxadiazolyl group,
xanthenyl group,
benzofuranyl group,
isobenzofuranyl group,
Dibenzofuranyl group,
naphthobenzofuranyl group,
benzoxazolyl group,
benzoisoxazolyl group,
phenoxazinyl group,
morpholino group,
Dinaphthofuranyl group,
azadibenzofuranyl group,
diazadibenzofuranyl group,
Azanaphthobenzofuranyl group, and diazanaphthobenzofuranyl group.

Unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2A3):
A thienyl group,
A thiazolyl group,
isothiazolyl group,
A thiadiazolyl group,
Benzothiophenyl group (benzothienyl group),
isobenzothiophenyl group (isobenzothienyl group),
Dibenzothiophenyl group (dibenzothienyl group),
Naphthobenzothiophenyl group (naphthobenzothienyl group),
benzothiazolyl group,
Benzisothiazolyl group,
A phenothiazinyl group,
Dinaphthothiophenyl group (dinaphthothienyl group),
Azadibenzothiophenyl group (azadibenzothienyl group),
Diazadibenzothiophenyl group (diazadibenzothienyl group),
Azanaphthobenzothiophenyl group (azanaphthobenzothienyl group), and diazanaphthobenzothiophenyl group (diazanaphthobenzothienyl group).

- Monovalent heterocyclic groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring structure represented by the following general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (specific example group G2A4):

In the general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X _A and Y _A are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH, or _CH2 , provided that at least one of X _A and Y _A is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NH.
In the general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), when at least one of _XA and _YA is NH or _CH2 , the monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the ring structure represented by the general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) includes a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the NH or _CH2 .

Substituted heterocyclic groups containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1):
A (9-phenyl)carbazolyl group,
A (9-biphenylyl)carbazolyl group,
(9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl group,
(9-naphthyl)carbazolyl group,
diphenylcarbazol-9-yl group,
A phenylcarbazol-9-yl group,
methylbenzimidazolyl group,
Ethyl benzimidazolyl group,
phenyltriazinyl group,
Biphenylyltriazinyl group,
Diphenyltriazinyl group,
a phenylquinazolinyl group, and a biphenylylquinazolinyl group.

Substituted heterocyclic groups containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2):
phenyldibenzofuranyl group,
methyldibenzofuranyl group,
The t-butyldibenzofuranyl group, and the monovalent radical of spiro[9H-xanthene-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

Substituted heterocyclic groups containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2B3):
Phenyldibenzothiophenyl group,
methyldibenzothiophenyl group,
The t-butyldibenzothiophenyl group, and the monovalent radical of spiro[9H-thioxanthene-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

- Groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group derived from a ring structure represented by the general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are replaced with a substituent (specific example group G2B4):

The above "one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group" means one or more hydrogen atoms selected from a hydrogen atom bonded to a ring-forming carbon atom of the monovalent heterocyclic group, a hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom when at least one of _XA and _YA is NH, and a hydrogen atom of a methylene group when one of _XA and _YA is _CH2 .

- "Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group"
Specific examples (specific example group G3) of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted alkyl groups (specific example group G3A) and substituted alkyl groups (specific example group G3B). (Here, the unsubstituted alkyl group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkyl group", and the substituted alkyl group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is a "substituted alkyl group".) Hereinafter, when the term "alkyl group" is simply mentioned, it includes both the "unsubstituted alkyl group" and the "substituted alkyl group".
The term "substituted alkyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted alkyl group" include the following "unsubstituted alkyl group" (specific example group G3A) in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent, and the examples of the substituted alkyl group (specific example group G3B). In this specification, the alkyl group in the "unsubstituted alkyl group" refers to a chain-like alkyl group. Therefore, the "unsubstituted alkyl group" includes a straight-chain "unsubstituted alkyl group" and a branched "unsubstituted alkyl group". Note that the examples of the "unsubstituted alkyl group" and the examples of the "substituted alkyl group" listed here are merely examples, and the "substituted alkyl group" described in this specification also includes a group in which a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group itself in the "substituted alkyl group" in the specific example group G3B is further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which a hydrogen atom of a substituent in the "substituted alkyl group" in the specific example group G3B is further replaced with a substituent.

Unsubstituted alkyl groups (specific example group G3A):
Methyl group,
Ethyl group,
n-propyl group,
isopropyl group,
n-butyl group,
isobutyl group,
s-Butyl group, and t-butyl group.

Substituted alkyl groups (specific example group G3B):
Heptafluoropropyl group (including isomers),
pentafluoroethyl group,
A 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group"
Specific examples (specific example group G4) of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted alkenyl group (specific example group G4A) and substituted alkenyl group (specific example group G4B). (Here, the unsubstituted alkenyl group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkenyl group", and the "substituted alkenyl group" refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group" is a "substituted alkenyl group".) In this specification, when the term "alkenyl group" is simply used, it includes both an "unsubstituted alkenyl group" and a "substituted alkenyl group".
The term "substituted alkenyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkenyl group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted alkenyl group" include the following "unsubstituted alkenyl group" (specific example group G4A) having a substituent, and the examples of substituted alkenyl groups (specific example group G4B). Note that the examples of the "unsubstituted alkenyl group" and the examples of the "substituted alkenyl group" listed here are merely examples, and the "substituted alkenyl group" described in this specification also includes a group in which a hydrogen atom of the alkenyl group itself in the "substituted alkenyl group" in specific example group G4B is further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which a hydrogen atom of a substituent in the "substituted alkenyl group" in specific example group G4B is further replaced with a substituent.

Unsubstituted alkenyl groups (specific example group G4A):
Vinyl group,
Allyl groups,
1-butenyl group,
A 2-butenyl group, and a 3-butenyl group.

Substituted alkenyl groups (specific example group G4B):
1,3-butadienyl group,
1-methylvinyl group,
1-methylallyl group,
1,1-dimethylallyl group,
2-methylallyl group, and 1,2-dimethylallyl group.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group"
Specific examples (specific example group G5) of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted alkynyl groups (specific example group G5A). (Here, the unsubstituted alkynyl group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkynyl group.") Hereinafter, when the term "alkynyl group" is simply used, it includes both an "unsubstituted alkynyl group" and a "substituted alkynyl group."
The term "substituted alkynyl group" refers to an "unsubstituted alkynyl group" in which one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted alkynyl group" include the following "unsubstituted alkynyl group" (specific example group G5A) in which one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a substituent.

Unsubstituted alkynyl groups (specific example group G5A):
Ethynyl group.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups"
Specific examples (specific example group G6) of the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in this specification include the following unsubstituted cycloalkyl group (specific example group G6A) and substituted cycloalkyl group (specific example group G6B). (Here, the term "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" is an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group", and the term "substituted cycloalkyl group" refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" is a "substituted cycloalkyl group".) In this specification, when the term "cycloalkyl group" is simply used, it includes both an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" and a "substituted cycloalkyl group".
The term "substituted cycloalkyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted cycloalkyl group" include the following "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" (specific example group G6A) in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent, and the examples of the substituted cycloalkyl group (specific example group G6B). The examples of the "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" and the examples of the "substituted cycloalkyl group" listed here are merely examples, and the "substituted cycloalkyl group" described in this specification also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom of the cycloalkyl group itself in the "substituted cycloalkyl group" in the specific example group G6B are replaced with a substituent, and a group in which a hydrogen atom of a substituent in the "substituted cycloalkyl group" in the specific example group G6B is further replaced with a substituent.

Unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups (specific example group G6A):
A cyclopropyl group,
A cyclobutyl group,
Cyclopentyl group,
cyclohexyl group,
1-adamantyl group,
2-adamantyl group,
1-norbornyl group, and 2-norbornyl group.

Substituted cycloalkyl groups (specific example group G6B):
4-Methylcyclohexyl group.

- "A group represented by -Si( _R901 )( _R902 )( _R903 )"
Specific examples (specific example group G7) of the group represented by --Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ) described in this specification include:
-Si(G1)(G1)(G1),
-Si(G1)(G2)(G2),
-Si (G1) (G1) (G2),
-Si(G2)(G2)(G2),
-Si(G3)(G3)(G3), and -Si(G6)(G6)(G6)
Here,
G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
G2 is a "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.
G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.
G6 is a "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in specific example group G6.
The multiple G1s in -Si(G1)(G1)(G1) are the same as or different from each other.
The multiple G2s in —Si(G1)(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.
The multiple G1s in -Si(G1)(G1)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.
The multiple G2s in —Si(G2)(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.
The multiple G3s in —Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are the same as or different from each other.
The multiple G6s in —Si(G6)(G6)(G6) are the same as or different from each other.

- "A group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ )"
Specific examples (specific example group G8) of the group represented by -O-(R ₉₀₄ ) described in this specification include:
-O(G1),
-O (G2),
-O(G3) and -O(G6)
Examples include:
Where:
G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
G2 is a "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.
G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.
G6 is a "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in specific example group G6.

- "A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ )"
Specific examples (specific example group G9) of the group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ) described in this specification include:
-S (G1),
-S (G2),
-S(G3) and -S(G6)
Examples include:
Where:
G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
G2 is a "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.
G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.
G6 is a "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in specific example group G6.

- "A group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ )"
Specific examples (specific example group G10) of the group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ) described in this specification include:
-N(G1)(G1),
-N(G2)(G2),
-N (G1) (G2),
-N(G3)(G3), and -N(G6)(G6)
Examples include:
Where:
G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
G2 is a "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.
G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.
G6 is a "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in specific example group G6.
The multiple G1s in -N(G1)(G1) are the same or different from each other.
The multiple G2s in -N(G2)(G2) are the same or different from each other.
The multiple G3s in -N(G3)(G3) are the same or different.
The multiple G6s in -N(G6)(G6) are the same or different.

・"Halogen atoms"
Specific examples of the "halogen atom" described in this specification (specific example group G11) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl groups"
The term "substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" as used herein means a group in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the alkyl group in the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is replaced with a fluorine atom, and also includes a group (perfluoro group) in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting the alkyl group in the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with fluorine atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification. The term "substituted fluoroalkyl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "fluoroalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. The term "substituted fluoroalkyl group" as used herein also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom of the alkyl chain in the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the substituent in the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" include the examples of groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "alkyl group" (specific example group G3) are replaced with fluorine atoms.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group"
The term "substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group" as used herein means a group in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the alkyl group in the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is replaced with a halogen atom, and also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting the alkyl group in the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with halogen atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted haloalkyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification. The term "substituted haloalkyl group" means a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "haloalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. The term "substituted haloalkyl group" as used herein also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom in the alkyl chain in the "substituted haloalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the substituent in the "substituted haloalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "unsubstituted haloalkyl group" include the examples of the group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the "alkyl group" (specific example group G3) are replaced with a halogen atom. Haloalkyl groups are sometimes referred to as halogenated alkyl groups.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group"
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group" described in this specification is a group represented by -O(G3), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3. The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkoxy group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group"
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group" described in this specification is a group represented by -S(G3), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3. The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkylthio group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group"
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group" described in this specification is a group represented by -O(G1), where G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1. The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted aryloxy group" is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group"
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group" described in this specification is a group represented by -S(G1), where G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1. The number of ring carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted arylthio group" is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted trialkylsilyl group"
A specific example of the "trialkylsilyl group" described in this specification is a group represented by -Si(G3)(G3)(G3), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3. The multiple G3s in -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are the same as or different from each other. The number of carbon atoms in each alkyl group of the "trialkylsilyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group"
A specific example of the "substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group" described in this specification is a group represented by -(G3)-(G1), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the specific example group G3, and G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in the specific example group G1. Thus, an "aralkyl group" is a group in which a hydrogen atom of an "alkyl group" is replaced with an "aryl group" as a substituent, and is one aspect of a "substituted alkyl group". An "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkyl group" substituted with an "unsubstituted aryl group", and the number of carbon atoms of the "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is 7 to 50, preferably 7 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group" include benzyl group, 1-phenylethyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 1-phenylisopropyl group, 2-phenylisopropyl group, phenyl-t-butyl group, α-naphthylmethyl group, 1-α-naphthylethyl group, 2-α-naphthylethyl group, 1-α-naphthylisopropyl group, 2-α-naphthylisopropyl group, β-naphthylmethyl group, 1-β-naphthylethyl group, 2-β-naphthylethyl group, 1-β-naphthylisopropyl group, and 2-β-naphthylisopropyl group.

Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group described in the present specification is preferably a phenyl group, a p-biphenyl group, a m-biphenyl group, an o-biphenyl group, a p-terphenyl-4-yl group, a p-terphenyl-3-yl group, a p-terphenyl-2-yl group, a m-terphenyl-4-yl group, a m-terphenyl-3-yl group, a m-terphenyl-2-yl group, an o-terphenyl-4-yl group, an o-terphenyl-3-yl group, an o-terphenyl-2-yl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, an anthryl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a chrysenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl group, a 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group, and a 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group.

The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic groups described in this specification, unless otherwise specified in this specification, are preferably a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a triazinyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a phenanthrolinyl group, a carbazolyl group (a 1-carbazolyl group, a 2-carbazolyl group, a 3-carbazolyl group, a 4-carbazolyl group, or a 9-carbazolyl group), a benzocarbazolyl group, an azacarbazolyl group, a diazacarbazolyl group, a dibenzofuranyl group, a naphthobenzofuranyl group, an azadibenzofuranyl group, a diazadibenzofuranyl group, a dibenzothiophenyl group, a naphthobenzothiophenyl group, an aza Examples of such groups include a dibenzothiophenyl group, a diazadibenzothiophenyl group, a (9-phenyl)carbazolyl group (a (9-phenyl)carbazol-1-yl group, a (9-phenyl)carbazol-2-yl group, a (9-phenyl)carbazol-3-yl group, or a (9-phenyl)carbazol-4-yl group), a (9-biphenylyl)carbazolyl group, a (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl group, a diphenylcarbazol-9-yl group, a phenylcarbazol-9-yl group, a phenyltriazinyl group, a biphenylyltriazinyl group, a diphenyltriazinyl group, a phenyldibenzofuranyl group, and a phenyldibenzothiophenyl group.

In this specification, a carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups, unless otherwise specified in this specification:

In this specification, the (9-phenyl)carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

In the general formulas (TEMP-Cz1) to (TEMP-Cz9), * represents the bond position.

In this specification, the dibenzofuranyl group and the dibenzothiophenyl group are specifically any of the following groups, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

In the general formulas (TEMP-34) to (TEMP-41), * represents the bond position.

The substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups described in this specification are preferably methyl groups, ethyl groups, propyl groups, isopropyl groups, n-butyl groups, isobutyl groups, t-butyl groups, and the like, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted arylene group"
Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on the aryl ring from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group". Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" (specific example group G12) include divalent groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom on the aryl ring from the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in specific example group G1.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group"
The "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described in this specification is, unless otherwise specified, a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on the heterocycle from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group". Specific examples (specific example group G13) of the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" include divalent groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom on the heterocycle from the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.

- "Substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group"
Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on the alkyl chain from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group". Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" (specific example group G14) include divalent groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom on the alkyl chain from the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in specific example group G3.

The substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups described in this specification are preferably any of the groups represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-68), unless otherwise specified in this specification.

In the above general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), Q ₁ to Q ₁₀ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In the above general formulae (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), * represents a bonding position.

In the above general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), Q ₁ to Q ₁₀ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Q ₉ and Q ₁₀ may be bonded to each other via a single bond to form a ring.
In the above general formulae (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), * represents a bonding position.

In the above general formulas (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), Q ₁ to Q ₈ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In the above general formulae (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), * represents a bonding position.

The substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group described in this specification is preferably any one of the groups represented by the following general formulas (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-102), unless otherwise specified in this specification.

In the above general formulas (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-82), Q ₁ to Q ₉ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

In the above general formulas (TEMP-83) to (TEMP-102), Q ₁ to Q ₈ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

The above is an explanation of "the substituents described in this specification."

・"When bonded to form a ring"
In this specification, the phrase "one or more of a set consisting of two or more adjacent groups bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other" means the case where "one or more of a set consisting of two or more adjacent groups bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle", the case where "one or more of a set consisting of two or more adjacent groups bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring", and the case where "one or more of a set consisting of two or more adjacent groups are not bonded to each other".
In this specification, the cases where "one or more of a set of two or more adjacent rings are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring" and "one or more of a set of two or more adjacent rings are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring" (hereinafter, these cases may be collectively referred to as "a case where they are bonded to form a ring") will be explained below. The case of an anthracene compound represented by the following general formula (TEMP-103), in which the mother skeleton is an anthracene ring, will be explained as an example.

For example, in the case where "one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₉₂₁ to R ₉₃₀ are bonded to each other to form a ring", the pair of adjacent two that constitutes one group includes the pair of R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ , the pair of R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ , the pair of R ₉₂₃ and R ₉₂₄ , the pair of R ₉₂₄ and R ₉₃₀ , the pair of R ₉₃₀ and R ₉₂₅ , the pair of R _{925 and R 926, the pair of R 926 and R 927} , the pair of R ₉₂₇ and R ₉₂₈ , the pair of R ₉₂₈ and R ₉₂₉ , and the pair of R ₉₂₉ and R ₉₂₁ .

The above "one or more pairs" means that two or more pairs of the adjacent two or more pairs may simultaneously form a ring. For example, when R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ are bonded to each other to form a ring Q _A , and R ₉₂₅ and R ₉₂₆ are bonded to each other to form a ring Q _B , the anthracene compound represented by the general formula (TEMP-103) is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-104).

The case where "a set of two or more adjacent rings" forms a ring includes not only the case where a set of "two" adjacent rings is bonded as in the above example, but also the case where a set of "three or more adjacent rings is bonded. For example, it means the case where R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ are bonded to each other to form a ring Q _A , and R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ are bonded to each other to form a ring Q _C , and a set of three adjacent rings (R ₉₂₁ , R ₉₂₂ and R ₉₂₃ ) are bonded to each other to form a ring and are condensed to the anthracene skeleton. In this case, the anthracene compound represented by the general formula (TEMP-103) is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-105). In the following general formula (TEMP-105), ring Q _A and ring Q _C share R ₉₂₂ .

The "monocyclic ring" or "fused ring" formed may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring as the structure of only the ring formed. Even if "one of the pairs of adjacent two" forms a "monocyclic ring" or a "fused ring", the "monocyclic ring" or the "fused ring" can form a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. For example, the ring Q _A and the ring Q _B formed in the general formula (TEMP-104) are "monocyclic rings" or "fused rings", respectively. Furthermore, the ring Q _A and the ring Q _C formed in the general formula (TEMP-105) are "fused rings". The ring Q _A and the ring Q _C in the general formula (TEMP-105) are fused rings by the fusion of the ring Q _A and the ring Q _C. If the ring Q _A in the general formula (TMEP-104) is a benzene ring, the ring Q _A is a monocyclic ring. When ring Q 1 _A in the above general formula (TMEP-104) is a naphthalene ring, ring Q 1 _A is a fused ring.

The term "unsaturated ring" refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. The term "saturated ring" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring.
Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups given as specific examples in the specific example group G1 are terminated with a hydrogen atom.
Specific examples of the aromatic heterocycle include structures in which the aromatic heterocyclic groups exemplified as specific examples in the specific example group G2 are terminated with a hydrogen atom.
Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups given as specific examples in the specific example group G6 are terminated with a hydrogen atom.
"Forming a ring" means forming a ring only with a plurality of atoms of the mother skeleton, or with a plurality of atoms of the mother skeleton and one or more arbitrary elements. For example, the ring _QA formed by bonding R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ to each other in the general formula (TEMP-104) means a ring formed by the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R ₉₂₁ is bonded, the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R ₉₂₂ is bonded, and one or more arbitrary elements. As a specific example, when R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ form a ring _QA , when the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R ₉₂₁ is bonded, the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R ₉₂₂ is bonded, and four carbon atoms form a monocyclic unsaturated ring, the ring formed by R ₉₂₁ and R ₉₂₂ is a benzene ring.

Here, unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the "arbitrary element" is preferably at least one element selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In the arbitrary element (for example, in the case of a carbon element or a nitrogen element), a bond that does not form a ring may be terminated with a hydrogen atom or the like, or may be substituted with an "arbitrary substituent" described below. When an arbitrary element other than a carbon element is included, the ring formed is a heterocycle.
Unless otherwise specified in this specification, the "one or more arbitrary elements" constituting the single ring or the condensed ring is preferably 2 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 12 or less, and even more preferably 3 or more and 5 or less.
Unless otherwise specified in this specification, of the "monocyclic ring" and the "condensed ring", the "monocyclic ring" is preferred.
Unless otherwise specified in this specification, of the "saturated ring" and the "unsaturated ring", the "unsaturated ring" is preferred.
Unless otherwise specified in this specification, a "monocyclic ring" is preferably a benzene ring.
Unless otherwise specified in this specification, the "unsaturated ring" is preferably a benzene ring.
When "one or more of a set consisting of two or more adjacent rings""combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring" or "combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring", unless otherwise specified in this specification, preferably, one or more of a set consisting of two or more adjacent rings combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted "unsaturated ring" consisting of a plurality of atoms of the parent skeleton and at least one element selected from the group consisting of 1 to 15 carbon elements, nitrogen elements, oxygen elements, and sulfur elements.

When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "optional substituent" described later. When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, specific examples of the substituent are the substituents described in the above-mentioned section "Substituents described in this specification".
When the above-mentioned "saturated ring" or "unsaturated ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "optional substituent" described below. When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, specific examples of the substituent are the substituents described in the above section "Substituents described in this specification".
The above is an explanation of the case where "one or more pairs of adjacent groups bond with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring" and the case where "one or more pairs of adjacent groups bond with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring"("when bonded to form a ring").

Substituents in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" In one embodiment of the present specification, the substituents in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" (sometimes referred to as "optional substituents" in the present specification) are, for example,
an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms;
an unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
an unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
-Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
-O-(R ₉₀₄ ),
-S- (R ₉₀₅ ),
-N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ),
Halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups,
a group selected from the group consisting of an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the formula, R ₉₀₁ to R ₉₀₇ each independently represent
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
When two or more R ₉₀₁ are present, the two or more R ₉₀₁ are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R ₉₀₂ are present, the two or more R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R ₉₀₃ are present, the two or more R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R ₉₀₄ are present, the two or more R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R ₉₀₅ are present, the two or more R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R ₉₀₆ are present, the two or more R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R ₉₀₇ are present, the two or more R ₉₀₇ are the same or different.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the above "substituted or unsubstituted" is:
an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
The group is selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the above "substituted or unsubstituted" is:
an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms,
The group is selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms and a heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

Specific examples of each of the above optional substituents are the specific examples of the substituents described in the section "Substituents described in this specification" above.

Unless otherwise specified in this specification, any adjacent substituents may be combined with each other to form a "saturated ring" or an "unsaturated ring", preferably a substituted or unsubstituted saturated 5-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted saturated 6-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated 5-membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated 6-membered ring, more preferably a benzene ring.
Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the optional substituent may further have a substituent. The substituent that the optional substituent further has is the same as the optional substituent described above.

In this specification, a numerical range expressed using "AA-BB" means a range including the number AA written before "AA-BB" as the lower limit and the number BB written after "AA-BB" as the upper limit.

First Embodiment
(Compound)
The compound according to this embodiment is a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-A).

(In the above general formula (1C-A),
one of R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-A) above;
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by formula (1D-A) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-A), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group,
when R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-A), R ₁₁ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group;
In the general formula (1D-A), one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-A), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-A) that are not the bonding position are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R 21 to R 30 in the general formula (1D-A), which are not bonded to the _benz [a] _anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-A), do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
However, at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ is other than a hydrogen atom.
In the compound represented by the general formula (1C-A), R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R _{904 ,} R 905 , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 30 in general formula (1D-A), which is not a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula ( _1C -A) in the group represented by general formula (1D-A), does not form the substituted or _{unsubstituted} monocycle, does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, and is not a hydrogen atom, is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 30 in general formula (1D-A), which is not a bonding position in the group represented by general formula (1D-A) with the benz[ _a ] _anthracene ring in general formula (1C-A), does not form the substituted or unsubstituted single ring, does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, and is not a hydrogen atom, is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the group represented by the general formula (1D-A) is a group represented by the following general formula (1D-A1), (1D-A2) or (1D-A3).

(In the above general formula (1D-A1),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded together,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
However, at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ is other than a hydrogen atom.
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-A),
In the general formula (1D-A2),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-A1);
However, at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ is other than a hydrogen atom;
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-A),
In the general formula (1D-A3),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-A1);
However, at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ is other than a hydrogen atom;
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-A).

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 29 in the group represented by general formula (1D-A1), (1D- _A2 ) or (1D-A3), which does not form the _substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, does not form the _substituted or unsubstituted fused _ring and is not a _hydrogen atom, _is a _substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to _{50 ring} carbon atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 29 in the group represented by general formula (1D-A1), (1D- _A2 ) or (1D- _A3 ), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted _monocycle , does not form the _substituted or unsubstituted fused _ring and is not a _{hydrogen atom} , is a _substituted or unsubstituted _phenyl group.

In the compound of this embodiment, it is also preferable that the group represented by the general formula (1D-A) is a group represented by the general formula (1D-A1).

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one of R ₅ , R ₆ , R ₇ , R ₈ , R ₁₁ and R ₁₂ is a group represented by formula (1D-A) above.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one of R ₆ , R ₇ , R ₁₁ , and R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-A) above.

In the compound according to this embodiment, R ₁₁ is also preferably a group represented by the general formula (1D-A).

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-A).

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-A) and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group, or that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-A) and R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-A) and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-A) and R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

The compound according to this embodiment is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-A-1).
The compound according to this embodiment is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-A-2).

(R ₁ to R ₁₁ in the general formula (1C-A-1) and R ₁ to R ₁₀ and R ₁₂ in the general formula (1C-A-2) are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the general formulae (1C-A-1) and (1C-A-2), R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
However, at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ is other than a hydrogen atom.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom.

In the compounds of this embodiment, it is preferable to have one or more deuterium atoms in the molecule.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one or more of R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ when they are hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ when they are hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-A), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ when they are hydrogen atoms, are deuterium atoms.
In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ which are hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ which are hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-A), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ which are hydrogen atoms are all deuterium atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, when R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ are other than hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ are other than hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-A), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ are other than hydrogen atoms, each has a hydrogen atom, and it is also preferable that one or more of the hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom.
In the compound according to this embodiment, when R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ are other than hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ are other than hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-A), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ are other than hydrogen atoms, each has a hydrogen atom, and it is also preferable that all of the hydrogen atoms are deuterium atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, when one of R ₅ , R ₆ , R ₇ , and R ₈ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-A), it is also preferable that R ₂ and R ₃ are hydrogen atoms.

It is also preferable that the compound according to this embodiment does not contain a heteroatom in the molecule.

In the compounds according to this embodiment, it is also preferred that all of the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups, and that all of the rings described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" rings.

- Manufacturing method of the compound according to this embodiment The compound according to this embodiment can be manufactured according to the synthesis method described in the examples below. The compound according to this embodiment can also be manufactured by following the synthesis method and using known alternative reactions and raw materials suited to the target product.

Specific examples of the compound according to the present embodiment include compounds within the scope of the compounds according to the present embodiment, among the compounds exemplified in the compound represented by general formula (1C) as the first compound used in the organic electroluminescence device according to the fourth embodiment described later.

Second Embodiment
(Compound)
The compound according to this embodiment is a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-B).

(In the above general formula (1C-B),
one of R ₄ to R ₆ , R ₈ , and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B) above;
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₇ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₆ , R ₈ , and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by formula (1D-B) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted phenyl group,
When R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B), R ₁₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group;
In the general formula (1D-B), one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-B), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B) that are not the bonding position are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R 21 to R 30 in the general formula (1D-B), which are not bonded to the _benz [a] _anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-B), do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, each independently represent
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the compound represented by the general formula (1C-B), R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R _{904 ,} R 905 , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 30 in general formula (1D-B), which is not a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-B) in the group represented by general formula (1D-B), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted _monocycle and which does not form the _substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, is other than a hydrogen atom.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 30 in general formula (1D-B), which is not a bonding position in the group represented by general formula (1D-B) to the benz _[ a _] anthracene ring in general formula (1C-B), does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 30 in general formula (1D-B), which is not a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula ( _1C -B) in the group represented by general formula (1D-B), does not form the substituted or _{unsubstituted} monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the group represented by the general formula (1D-B) is a group represented by the following general formula (1D-B1), (1D-B2) or (1D-B3).

(In the above general formula (1D-B1),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-B),
In the general formula (1D-B2),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-B1);
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-B),
In the general formula (1D-B3),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-B1);
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-B).

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 29 in the group represented by general formula (1D-B1), (1D-B2) or (1D-B3), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B2), or at least _one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , _{R 29} and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B3) is other than a hydrogen atom.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R _{29 in the group represented by general formula (1D-B1), (1D-B2) or (1D-B3), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, at least one of R 21} to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B2), or at least _one of _{R 21 to} R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B3), is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R _{29 in the group represented by general formula (1D-B1), (1D-B2) or (1D-B3), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, at least one of R 21} to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B2), or at least _one of _{R 21 to} R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B3), is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound of this embodiment, it is also preferable that the group represented by the general formula (1D-B) is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B1).

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one of R ₅ , R ₆ , R ₈ , R ₁₁ and R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B) above.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one of R ₆ , R ₁₁ , and R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B) above.

In the compound according to this embodiment, R ₁₁ is also preferably a group represented by the general formula (1D-B).

In the compound according to this embodiment, R ₁₂ is also preferably a group represented by the general formula (1D-B).
In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B) and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group, or that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B) and R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B) and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B) and R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

The compound according to this embodiment is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-B-1).
The compound according to this embodiment is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-B-2).

(R ₁ to R ₁₀ in the general formula (1C-B-1) and R ₁ to R ₁₀ in the general formula (1C-B-2) are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the general formulae (1C-B-1) and (1C-B-2), R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the general formula (1C-B-1), R ₁₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
In the general formula (1C-B-2), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₇ and R ₁₂ are hydrogen atoms.

In the compounds of this embodiment, it is also preferable that the molecules have one or more deuterium atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one or more of R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₇ , and R 9 when they are hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₆ , R ₈ , and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ when they are hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula ( _1D -B), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ when they are hydrogen atoms, are deuterium atoms.
In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₇ , and R ₉ , when they are hydrogen atoms, and R ₄ to R ₆ , R ₈ , and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ , when they are hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-B), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ , when they are hydrogen atoms, are all deuterium atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, when R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₇ , and R ₉ are other than hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ are other than hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-B), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ are other than hydrogen atoms, each has a hydrogen atom, and it is also preferable that one or more of the hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom.
In the compound according to this embodiment, when R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₇ , and R ₉ are other than hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ are other than hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-B), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ are other than hydrogen atoms, each of them has a hydrogen atom, and it is also preferable that all of the hydrogen atoms are deuterium atoms.

It is also preferable that the compound according to this embodiment does not contain a heteroatom in the molecule.

In the compounds according to this embodiment, it is also preferred that all of the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups, and all of the rings described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" rings.

- Manufacturing method of the compound according to this embodiment The compound according to this embodiment can be manufactured according to the synthesis method described in the examples below. The compound according to this embodiment can also be manufactured by following the synthesis method and using known alternative reactions and raw materials suited to the target product.

Specific examples of the compound according to the present embodiment include compounds within the scope of the compounds according to the present embodiment, among the compounds exemplified in the compound represented by general formula (1C) as the first compound used in the organic electroluminescence device according to the fourth embodiment described later.

Third Embodiment
(Compound)
The compound according to this embodiment is a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-C).

(In the above general formula (1C-C),
one of R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-C) above,
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by formula (1D-C) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-C), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group,
When R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-C), R ₁₁ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group,
In the general formula (1D-C), one of R ₂₂ , R ₂₃ , R ₂₅ , R ₂₇ , R ₂₈ , and R ₃₀ represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-C), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ , R ₂₄ , R ₂₆ , and R ₂₉ , and R ₂₂ , R ₂₃ , R ₂₅ , R ₂₇ , R ₂₈ , and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-C) that are not the bonding position,
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R 21 to R 30 in the general formula (1D-C), which are not bonded to the _benz [a] _anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-C), do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the compound represented by the general formula (1C-C), R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R _{904 ,} R 905 , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 30 in general formula (1D-C), which is not a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-C) in the group represented by general formula (1D-C), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted _monocycle and which does not form the _substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, is other than a hydrogen atom.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 30 in general formula (1D-C), which is not a bonding position to the benz[a] _anthracene ring in general formula (1C-C) in the group represented by general formula (1D-C), does not form the substituted or _{unsubstituted} monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R 30 in general formula (1D-C), which is not a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula ( _1C -C) in the group represented by general formula (1D-C), does not form the substituted or _{unsubstituted} monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, is the substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the group represented by the general formula (1D-C) is a group represented by the following general formula (1D-C1) or (1D-C3).

(In the above general formula (1D-C1),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-C),
In the general formula (1D-C3),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-C1);
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-C).

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R ₂₉ in the group represented by general formula (1D-C1) or (1D-C3), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and _{R 30 in} general formula (1D-C3), is other than a hydrogen atom.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R ₂₉ in the group represented by general formula (1D-C1) or (1D-C3), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , _and R ₃₀ in general formula (1D-C3), is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R ₂₉ in the group represented by general formula (1D-C1) or (1D-C3), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , _and R ₃₀ in general formula (1D-C3), is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the group represented by the general formula (1D-C) is a group represented by the general formula (1D-C1).
Compound.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one of R ₅ , R ₆ , R ₇ , R ₈ , R ₁₁ and R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-C) above.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one of R ₆ , R ₇ , R ₁₁ , and R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-C) above.

In the compound according to this embodiment, R ₁₁ is also preferably a group represented by the general formula (1D-C).

In the compound according to this embodiment, R ₁₂ is also preferably a group represented by the general formula (1D-C).

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-C) and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group, or that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-C) and R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-C) and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-C) and R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

The compound according to this embodiment is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-C-1).
The compound according to this embodiment is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-C-2).

(R ₁ to R ₁₁ in the general formula (1C-C-1) and R ₁ to R ₁₀ and R ₁₂ in the general formula (1C-C-2) are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in the general formulae (1C-C-1) and (1C-C-2) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom.

In the compounds of this embodiment, it is also preferable that the molecules have one or more deuterium atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that one or more of R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ when they are hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ when they are hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-C), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ when they are hydrogen atoms, are deuterium atoms.
In the compound according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ which are hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ which are hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-C), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ which are hydrogen atoms are all deuterium atoms.

In the compound according to this embodiment, when R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ are other than hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ are other than hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-C), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ are other than hydrogen atoms, each has a hydrogen atom, and it is also preferable that one or more of the hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom.
In the compound according to this embodiment, when R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ are other than hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ are other than hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D-C), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ are other than hydrogen atoms, each has a hydrogen atom, and it is also preferable that all of the hydrogen atoms are deuterium atoms.

It is also preferable that the compound according to this embodiment does not contain a heteroatom in the molecule.

In the compounds according to this embodiment, it is also preferred that all of the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups, and that all of the rings described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" rings.

- Manufacturing method of the compound according to this embodiment The compound according to this embodiment can be manufactured according to the synthesis method described in the examples below. The compound according to this embodiment can also be manufactured by following the synthesis method and using known alternative reactions and raw materials suited to the target product.

Specific examples of the compound according to the present embodiment include compounds within the scope of the compounds according to the present embodiment, among the compounds exemplified in the compound represented by general formula (1C) as the first compound used in the organic electroluminescence device according to the fourth embodiment described later.

Fourth embodiment
(Organic electroluminescence element)
The organic EL element according to this embodiment will be described.
In one aspect, the organic EL device according to this embodiment contains the compound according to the first, second, or third embodiment.
In one embodiment, the organic EL element according to the present embodiment has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode. The organic layer includes at least one layer made of an organic compound. Alternatively, the organic layer is formed by stacking a plurality of layers made of an organic compound. The organic layer may further include an inorganic compound.

In one aspect of the organic EL element according to this embodiment, at least one of the organic layers contains the compound according to the first embodiment.
In one aspect of the organic EL element according to this embodiment, at least one of the organic layers contains the compound according to the second embodiment.
In one aspect of the organic EL element according to this embodiment, at least one of the organic layers contains the compound according to the third embodiment.

In the organic EL element of this embodiment, at least one of the organic layers preferably has a light-emitting region. In the organic EL element of this embodiment, the light-emitting region preferably contains at least one light-emitting layer. In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer contains a compound represented by general formula (1C-A). In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer contains a compound represented by general formula (1C-B). In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer contains a compound represented by general formula (1C-C).

The organic EL element according to this embodiment has an anode, a cathode, and a light-emitting region disposed between the anode and the cathode, the light-emitting region includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the first light-emitting layer contains a compound represented by general formula (1C-A) as a first compound, and the second light-emitting layer contains a second compound.
In the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (1C-A) and the second compound are different from each other.

The organic EL element according to this embodiment has an anode, a cathode, and a light-emitting region disposed between the anode and the cathode, the light-emitting region includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the first light-emitting layer contains a compound represented by general formula (1C-B) as a first compound, and the second light-emitting layer contains a second compound.
In the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (1C-B) and the second compound are different from each other.

The organic EL element according to this embodiment has an anode, a cathode, and an emitting region disposed between the anode and the cathode, the emitting region includes a first emitting layer and a second emitting layer, the first emitting layer contains a compound represented by general formula (1C-C) as a first compound, and the second emitting layer contains a second compound.
In the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (1C-C) and the second compound are different from each other.

In one aspect, the organic EL element according to this embodiment has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic layer having an emitting region, the emitting region including a first emitting layer and a second emitting layer, the first emitting layer containing a first compound represented by the following general formula (1C), and the second emitting layer containing a second compound.

(In the general formula (1C),
one of R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D);
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by formula (1D) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group;
When R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D), R ₁₁ is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group;
In the general formula (1D), one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D) that are not the bonding position are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R 21 to R 30 in the general formula (1D), which are not bonded to the benz[a] _anthracene ring in the general formula (1C), do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and do not form the substituted or _{unsubstituted} fused ring, each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the compound represented by the general formula (1C), R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R ₉₀₄ , R ₉₀₅ , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of the present embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R ₂₁ to R 30 in general formula (1D), which is not at a bonding position with the benz[a] _anthracene ring in general formula (1C), does not form the substituted or unsubstituted single ring, and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, is other than a hydrogen atom.

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R ₂₁ to R 30 in general formula (1D), which is not at a bonding position with the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C), does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, and does not form the _substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
.

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of the present embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R ₂₁ to R 30 in general formula (1D), which is not a bonding position with the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C), does not form the substituted or unsubstituted single ring, and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused _ring , is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In an organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that the group represented by the general formula (1D) is a group represented by the following general formula (1D-1), (1D-2) or (1D-3):

(In the general formula (1D-1),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C),
In the general formula (1D-2),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded together,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-1);
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C),
In the general formula (1D-3),
one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded together,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and do not form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-1);
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C).

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of the present embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R ₂₉ in the general formula (1D-1), at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-2), or at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-3), which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, is other than a hydrogen _atom .

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R ₂₉ in the general formula (1D-1), at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-2), or at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-3), which do not form the substituted or _{unsubstituted} monocycle and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of the present embodiment, it is also preferable that at least one of R 21 to R ₂₉ in the general formula (1D-1), at least one of R ₂₁ to R 28 , and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-2), or at least one of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-3), which does not form _{the substituted} or unsubstituted single ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused _ring , is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In an organic electroluminescent element relating to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that the group represented by general formula (1D) is a group represented by general formula (1D-1).

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that in the compound represented by the general formula (1C), one of R ₅ , R ₆ , R ₇ , R ₈ , R ₁₁ , and R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D).

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that in the compound represented by the general formula (1C), one of R ₆ , R ₇ , R ₁₁ , and R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D).

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of the present embodiment, it is also preferable that in the compound represented by the general formula (1C), R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D).

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that in the compound represented by general formula (1C), R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D).

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of the present embodiment, in the compound represented by the general formula (1C), it is also preferable that R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D) and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group, or that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D) and R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of the present embodiment, in the compound represented by the general formula (1C), it is also preferable that R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D) and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of the present embodiment, in the compound represented by the general formula (1C), it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D) and R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of the present embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (1C) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-1):
In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of the present embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (1C) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1C-2):

(R ₁ to R ₁₁ in the general formula (1C-1) and R ₁ to R ₁₀ and R ₁₂ in the general formula (1C-2) are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
In the general formulae (1C-1) and (1C-2), R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of this embodiment, in the compound represented by the general formula (1C), it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D) and R ₁₁ is a hydrogen atom.
In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D) and R ₁₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of this embodiment, in the compound represented by general formula (1C), R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₉ , and R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ other than the group represented by general formula (1D) are each preferably independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of the present embodiment, it is also preferable that R to R in general formula (1D), which are not at the bonding position with the benz[a] _anthracene ring in general formula (1C), do not form the substituted or _{unsubstituted} single ring, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

It is also preferable that the organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of this embodiment is a compound that does not contain a heteroatom in the molecule.

In an organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that all of the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups, and all of the rings described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" rings.

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that R ₁₂ in the compound represented by general formula (1C) is a hydrogen atom.

In an organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that the compound represented by the general formula (1C) has one or more deuterium atoms in the molecule.

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of this embodiment, in the compound represented by general formula (1C), it is also preferable that one or more of R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ which are hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ which are hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ which are hydrogen atoms, are deuterium atoms.
In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of this embodiment, in the compound represented by general formula (1C), it is also preferable that R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ which are hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ which are hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ which are hydrogen atoms are all deuterium atoms.

In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of this embodiment, in the compound represented by general formula (1C), when R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ are other than hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ are other than hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ are other than hydrogen atoms, when each of them has a hydrogen atom, it is also preferable that one or more of the hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom.
In the organic electroluminescence device according to one aspect of the present embodiment, in the compound represented by general formula (1C), when R ₁ to R ₃ and R ₉ are other than hydrogen atoms, R ₄ to R ₈ and R ₁₀ to R ₁₂ are other than hydrogen atoms other than the group represented by general formula (1D), and R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ are other than hydrogen atoms, when each of them has a hydrogen atom, it is also preferable that all of the hydrogen atoms are deuterium atoms.

In an organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of this embodiment, R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ , R 7 , R ₈ , R ₁₀ , R ₁₁ , or R ₁₂ in the compound represented by general formula ( _1C ) is a group represented by general formula (1D).
In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of this embodiment, R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ , R 7 , R ₈ , R ₁₀ , R ₁₁ , or R ₁₂ in the compound represented by general formula (1C- _A ) is a group represented by general formula (1D-A).
In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of this embodiment, R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ , R ₈ , R ₁₀ , R ₁₁ , or R ₁₂ in the compound represented by general formula (1C-B) is a group represented by general formula (1D-B).
In the organic electroluminescence element according to one aspect of this embodiment, R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ , R 7 , R ₈ , R ₁₀ , R ₁₁ , or R ₁₂ in the compound represented by general formula (1C- _C ) is a group represented by general formula (1D-C).
When R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ , R ₇ , R ₈ , R ₁₀ , R ₁₁ , or R ₁₂ , which is a position with higher electron density in the HOMO and LUMO or a site with smaller singlet energy S _1, is any group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by general formula (1D), a group represented by general formula (1D-A), and a group represented by general formula (1D-C), excitation resistance is easily improved, and the effect of extending the life of the organic EL element is easily obtained.
When R ₄ , R ₅ , R ₆ , R ₈ , R ₁₀ , R ₁₁ , or R ₁₂ , which is a position with higher electron density in the HOMO and LUMO or a site with smaller singlet energy S ₁ , is a group represented by general formula (1D-B), excitation resistance is easily improved, and the effect of extending the life of the organic EL element is easily obtained.

When the first compound used in the first light-emitting layer has a structure in which the group represented by the general formula (1D), the group represented by the general formula (1D-A), the group represented by the general formula (1D-B), or the group represented by the general formula (1D-C) is directly bonded to a benz[a]anthracene ring, triplet energy T1 is distributed to both the benz[a]anthracene ring and the pyrene skeleton in the group represented by the general formula (1D), the group represented by the general formula (1D-A), the group represented by the general formula (1D-B), and the group represented by the general formula (1D- _C ), and this is considered to result in a long lifetime.

- Method for producing the compound represented by the general formula (1C) The compound represented by the general formula (1C) can be produced according to the synthesis method described in the Examples below. The compound represented by the general formula (1C) can also be produced by following the synthesis method and using known alternative reactions and raw materials suited to the target product.

Specific examples of the compound represented by general formula (1C) Specific examples of the compound represented by general formula (1C) include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. In this specification, a deuterium atom is represented as D in a chemical formula, and a protium atom is represented as H or is omitted.

When the light-emitting region includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the organic EL element according to this embodiment may have, for example, an anode, a first light-emitting layer, a second light-emitting layer, and a cathode in this order, or the order of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer may be reversed, and an anode, a second light-emitting layer, a first light-emitting layer, and a cathode in this order may be provided.

When the light-emitting region includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, it is also preferable that the organic EL element according to this embodiment includes the second light-emitting layer between the anode and the cathode, and the first light-emitting layer is disposed between the anode and the second light-emitting layer.
When the light-emitting region includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, it is also preferable that the organic EL element according to this embodiment includes the first light-emitting layer between the anode and the cathode, and the second light-emitting layer is disposed between the anode and the first light-emitting layer.

(Emission Wavelength of Organic EL Element)
The organic EL element according to this embodiment preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven, and more preferably emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 430 nm or more and 480 nm or less.
The maximum peak wavelength of light emitted by an organic EL element when the element is driven is measured as follows. A voltage is applied to the organic EL element so that the current density is 10 mA/ ^cm2, and the spectral radiance spectrum is measured using a spectroradiometer CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.). In the obtained spectral radiance spectrum, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum where the emission intensity is maximum is measured, and this is defined as the maximum peak wavelength (unit: nm).

The method for measuring the maximum peak wavelength of a compound in this specification is as follows. A toluene solution of 10 ^-6 mol/L or more and 10 ^-5 mol/L or less of the compound to be measured is prepared and placed in a quartz cell, and the emission spectrum (vertical axis: emission intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) of this sample is measured at room temperature (300K). The emission spectrum can be measured using a spectrofluorophotometer (device name: F-7000) manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Corporation. The emission spectrum measuring device is not limited to the device used here.
In the emission spectrum, the peak wavelength at which the emission intensity is maximum is defined as the maximum emission peak wavelength. Note that in this specification, the maximum peak wavelength may be referred to as the maximum fluorescence emission peak wavelength (FL-peak).

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the organic layer may be composed of only an emitting layer, or may further include at least one layer selected from the group consisting of, for example, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer, and an electron blocking layer.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable to have a hole transport layer between the anode and the light emitting region.
In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, when the light-emitting region includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, and the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are stacked in the order of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer from the anode side, it is preferable to have a hole transport layer between the anode and the first light-emitting layer. Also, when the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are stacked in the order of the second light-emitting layer and the first light-emitting layer from the anode side, it is preferable to have a hole transport layer between the anode and the second light-emitting layer.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable to have an electron transport layer between the cathode and the light emitting region.
In the organic EL element according to the present embodiment, when the light-emitting region includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, and the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are stacked in the order of the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer from the anode side, it is preferable to have an electron transport layer between the cathode and the second light-emitting layer. Also, when the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are stacked in the order of the second light-emitting layer and the first light-emitting layer from the anode side, it is preferable to have an electron transport layer between the cathode and the first light-emitting layer.

FIG. 1 shows a schematic configuration of an example of an organic EL element according to this embodiment.
1 includes a substrate 2, an anode 3, a cathode 4, and an organic layer 10A disposed between the anode 3 and the cathode 4. The organic layer 10A includes, in order from the anode 3 side, a hole transport zone 6, a light emitting zone 5A, and an electron transport zone 7. The hole transport zone 6 includes, in order from the anode 3 side, a hole injection layer 61 and a hole transport layer 62. The light emitting zone 5A includes one light emitting layer 5. The electron transport zone 7 includes, in order from the light emitting zone 5A side, an electron transport layer 71 and an electron injection layer 72.

(Light Emitting Layer)
The light-emitting layer 5 contains the compound according to the first embodiment, the compound according to the second embodiment, or the compound according to the third embodiment.
In the organic EL element 1A, the compound contained in the light-emitting layer 5 is preferably a compound represented by the above general formula (1C-A).
In the organic EL element 1A, the compound contained in the light-emitting layer 5 is preferably a compound represented by the above general formula (1C-B).
In the organic EL element 1A, the compound contained in the light-emitting layer 5 is also preferably a compound represented by the above general formula (1C-C).

(Light-emitting compound)
In the organic EL element 1A, the light-emitting layer 5 preferably further contains a light-emitting compound (preferably a fluorescent compound).

The light-emitting compound contained in the light-emitting layer 5 is
A compound represented by the following general formula (3):
A compound represented by the following general formula (4):
A compound represented by the following general formula (5):
A compound represented by the following general formula (6):
A compound represented by the following general formula (7):
A compound represented by the following general formula (8):
The compound represented by the general formula (9) below and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the general formula (10) below are included.

(Compound represented by general formula (3))
The compound represented by formula (3) will be described.

(In the general formula (3),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
At least one of R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (31):
R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ which do not form a monocycle, do not form a condensed ring, and are not a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (31) each independently represent:
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

(In the general formula (31),
Ar ₃₀₁ and Ar ₃₀₂ are each independently
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
L ₃₀₁ to L ₃₀₃ each independently represent
Single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
* indicates the bonding position in the pyrene ring in the general formula (3).

In the light-emitting compound, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R ₉₀₄ , R ₉₀₅ , R ₉₀₆ and R ₉₀₇ are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Preferably, it is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₇ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₇ are the same or different.

In the formula (3), it is preferable that two of R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ are groups represented by the formula (31).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (33):

(In the general formula (33),
R ₃₁₁ to R ₃₁₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ in formula (3), which is not a monovalent group represented by formula (31);
L ₃₁₁ to L ₃₁₆ each independently represent
Single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ are each independently
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the above formula (31), L ₃₀₁ is preferably a single bond, and L ₃₀₂ and L ₃₀₃ are preferably single bonds.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (34) or general formula (35).

(In the general formula (34),
R ₃₁₁ to R ₃₁₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ in formula (3), which is not a monovalent group represented by formula (31);
L ₃₁₂ , L ₃₁₃ , L ₃₁₅ and L ₃₁₆ each independently have the same definition as L ₃₁₂ , L ₃₁₃ , L ₃₁₅ and L ₃₁₆ in formula (33);
Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ each independently have the same definition as Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ in the general formula (33).

(In the general formula (35),
R ₃₁₁ to R ₃₁₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ in formula (3), which is not a monovalent group represented by formula (31);
Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ each independently have the same definition as Ar ₃₁₂ , Ar ₃₁₃ , Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ in the general formula (33).

In the above general formula (31), at least one of Ar ₃₀₁ and Ar ₃₀₂ is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (36).
In the general formulae (33) to (35), at least one of Ar ₃₁₂ and Ar ₃₁₃ is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (36).
In the general formulae (33) to (35), at least one of Ar ₃₁₅ and Ar ₃₁₆ is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (36).

(In the general formula (36),
_X3 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
* indicates the bonding position with L ₃₀₂ , L ₃₀₃ , L ₃₁₂ , L ₃₁₃ , L ₃₁₅ or L ₃₁₆ .

_X3 is preferably an oxygen atom.

At least one of R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ is
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the general formula (31), it is preferable that Ar ₃₀₁ is a group represented by the general formula (36), and Ar ₃₀₂ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In the general formulae (33) to (35), it is preferable that Ar ₃₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (36), and Ar ₃₁₃ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In the general formulae (33) to (35), it is preferable that Ar ₃₁₅ is a group represented by the general formula (36), and Ar ₃₁₆ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (37).

(In the general formula (37),
R ₃₁₁ to R ₃₁₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₃₀₁ to R ₃₁₀ in formula (3), which is not a monovalent group represented by formula (31);
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₃₄₁ to R ₃₄₇ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₃₂₁ to R ₃₂₇ and R ₃₄₁ to R ₃₄₇ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
R ₃₃₁ to R ₃₃₅ and R ₃₅₁ to R ₃₅₅ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Specific examples of compounds represented by the general formula (3) include the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (4))
The compound represented by formula (4) will be described.

(In the general formula (4),
Each Z is independently CRa or a nitrogen atom;
Ring A1 and ring A2 each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of Ra's are present, one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of the plurality of Ra's are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
n21 and n22 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
When a plurality of Rb's are present, one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of the plurality of Rb's are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
When a plurality of Rc's are present, one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of the plurality of Rc's are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded together,
Ra, Rb and Rc which do not form a single ring and do not form a fused ring each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the above-mentioned "aryl group".
The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of ring A1 and ring A2 contains the two carbon atoms on the central fused two-ring structure of formula (4) as ring-forming atoms.
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the "aryl group" described in specific example group G1.

The "heterocycle" of ring A1 and ring A2 has the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group".
The "heterocycle" of ring A1 and ring A2 contains the two carbon atoms on the central fused two-ring structure of formula (4) as ring-forming atoms.
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the "heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.

Rb is bonded to any of the carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as ring A1, or any of the atoms forming the heterocycle as ring A1.

Rc is bonded to any of the carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as ring A2, or any of the atoms forming the heterocycle as ring A2.

At least one of Ra, Rb and Rc is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (4a), and it is more preferable that at least two of them are groups represented by the following general formula (4a).

(In the general formula (4a),
_L401 is,
Single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
Ar ₄₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the following general formula (4b):

(In the general formula (4b),
L ₄₀₂ and L ₄₀₃ each independently represent
Single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
The pair consisting of Ar ₄₀₂ and Ar ₄₀₃ is
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
The Ar ₄₀₂ and Ar ₄₀₃ which do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring are each independently
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (4) is represented by the following general formula (42).

(In the general formula (42),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

At least one of R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ is preferably a group represented by the general formula (4a), and at least two of them are more preferably groups represented by the general formula (4a).
It is preferable that R ₄₀₄ and R ₄₁₁ are a group represented by the above general formula (4a).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound in which a structure represented by the following general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is bonded to the A1 ring.
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (42) is a compound in which a structure represented by the following general formula (4-1) or general formula (4-2) is bonded to the ring to which R ₄₀₄ to R ₄₀₇ are bonded.

(In the general formula (4-1), two * are each independently bonded to a ring-forming carbon atom of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-forming atom of a heterocycle as the A1 ring in the general formula (4), or bonded to any one of R ₄₀₄ to R ₄₀₇ in the general formula (42),
The three * in the general formula (4-2) each independently bond to a ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-forming atom of the heterocycle as the A1 ring in the general formula (4), or bond to any of R ₄₀₄ to R ₄₀₇ in the general formula (42);
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₈ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₈ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (4) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-3), general formula (41-4) or general formula (41-5).

(In the general formula (41-3), general formula (41-4) and general formula (41-5),
Ring A1 is as defined in formula (4),
R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ each independently have the same definition as R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ in formula (4-1);
R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ in the general formula (42).

In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as ring A1 in general formula (41-5) is
a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring.

In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms as ring A1 in the general formula (41-5) is
a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring;
a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (4) or general formula (42) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (461) to (467).

(In the general formula (461), the general formula (462), the general formula (463), the general formula (464), the general formula (465), the general formula (466) and the general formula (467),
R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ each independently have the same definition as R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ in formula (4-1);
R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₈ in formula (4-2);
R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ and R ₄₅₁ to R ₄₅₄ each independently have the same definition as R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ in formula (42);
X ₄ is an oxygen atom, NR ₈₀₁ , or C(R ₈₀₂ )(R ₈₀₃ );
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Preferably, it is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₃ are the same or different.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (42) has one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₀₁ to R ₄₁₁ bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, and this embodiment is described in detail below as a compound represented by general formula (45).

(Compound represented by general formula (45))
The compound represented by formula (45) will be described.

(In the general formula (45),
two or more selected from the group consisting of a pair of R ₄₆₁ and R ₄₆₂ , a pair of R ₄₆₂ and R ₄₆₃ , a pair of R ₄₆₄ and R ₄₆₅ , a pair of R ₄₆₅ and R ₄₆₆ , a pair of R ₄₆₆ and R ₄₆₇ , a pair of R ₄₆₈ and R ₄₆₉ , a pair of R ₄₆₉ and R ₄₇₀ , and a pair of R ₄₇₀ and R ₄₇₁ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring;
however,
a pair consisting of R ₄₆₁ and R ₄₆₂ , and a pair consisting of R ₄₆₂ and R ₄₆₃ ;
a pair consisting of R ₄₆₄ and R ₄₆₅ , and a pair consisting of R ₄₆₅ and R ₄₆₆ ;
a pair consisting of R ₄₆₅ and R ₄₆₆ , and a pair consisting of R ₄₆₆ and R ₄₆₇ ;
a pair consisting of R ₄₆₈ and R ₄₆₉ and a pair consisting of R ₄₆₉ and R ₄₇₀ ; and a pair consisting of R ₄₆₉ and R ₄₇₀ and a pair consisting of R ₄₇₀ and R ₄₇₁ do not simultaneously form a ring;
Two or more rings formed by R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ are the same or different;
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the general formula (45), R _n and R _n+1 (n represents an integer selected from 461, 462, 464 to 466, and 468 to 470) are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring together with the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which R _n and R _n+1 are bonded. The ring is preferably composed of atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms, and the number of atoms in the ring is preferably 3 to 7, and more preferably 5 or 6.

The number of the ring structures in the compound represented by the general formula (45) is, for example, two, three, or four. The two or more ring structures may be present on the same benzene ring on the parent skeleton of the general formula (45), or may be present on different benzene rings. For example, when there are three ring structures, one ring structure may be present on each of the three benzene rings of the general formula (45).

Examples of the ring structure in the compound represented by the general formula (45) include structures represented by the following general formulas (451) to (460).

(In the general formulae (451) to (457),
each of *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12, and *13 and *14 represents the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which _Rn and Rn ₊₁ are bonded;
The ring-forming carbon atom to which _Rn is bonded may be any of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12, and *13 and *14;
X ₄₅ is C(R ₄₅₁₂ )(R ₄₅₁₃ ), NR ₄₅₁₄ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₅₀₁ to R ₄₅₀₆ and R ₄₅₁₂ to R ₄₅₁₃ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₅₀₁ to R ₄₅₁₄ which do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring each independently have the same definition as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in formula (45).

(In the general formulae (458) to (460),
*1 and *2, and *3 and *4 each represent the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which _Rn and Rn ₊₁ are bonded,
The ring-forming carbon atom to which R _n is bonded may be either one of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2, or *3 and *4.
X ₄₅ is C(R ₄₅₁₂ )(R ₄₅₁₃ ), NR ₄₅₁₄ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₅₁₂ to R ₄₅₁₃ and R ₄₅₁₅ to R ₄₅₂₅ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₅₁₂ to R ₄₅₁₃ , R ₄₅₁₅ to R ₄₅₂₁ and R ₄₅₂₂ to R ₄₅₂₅ , and R ₄₅₁₄ which do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in formula (45).

In the general formula (45), it is preferable that at least one of R ₄₆₂ , R ₄₆₄ , R ₄₆₅ , R ₄₇₀ and R ₄₇₁ (preferably at least one of R ₄₆₂ , R ₄₆₅ and R ₄₇₀ , more preferably R ₄₆₂ ) is a group not forming a ring structure.

(i) In the general formula (45), when the ring structure formed by R _n and R _n+1 has a substituent,
(ii) in the general formula (45), R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ do not form a ring structure, and (iii) in the general formulae (451) to (460), R ₄₅₀₁ to R ₄₅₁₄ and R ₄₅₁₅ to R ₄₅₂₅ are preferably each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is either a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following general formulae (461) to (464):

(In the general formulas (461) to (464),
Each _Rd is independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
X ₄₆ is C(R ₈₀₁ )(R ₈₀₂ ), NR ₈₀₃ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Preferably, it is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₃ are the same or different,
p1 is 5;
p2 is 4;
p3 is 3,
p4 is 7,
In the general formulae (461) to (464), * each independently indicates a bonding position to a ring structure.
In the luminescent compound, R ₉₀₁ to R ₉₀₇ are as defined above.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any of the following general formulas (45-1) to (45-6).

(In the general formulae (45-1) to (45-6),
rings d to i each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring;
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in formula (45).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any of the following general formulas (45-7) to (45-12).

(In the general formulae (45-7) to (45-12),
rings d to f, k, and j each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring;
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in formula (45).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any of the following general formulas (45-13) to (45-21).

(In the general formulae (45-13) to (45-21),
rings d to k each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring;
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in formula (45).

In the case where the ring g or the ring h further has a substituent, examples of the substituent include
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by the general formula (461),
Examples of the group represented by the general formula (463) include a group represented by the general formula (464).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any of the following general formulas (45-22) to (45-25).

(In the general formulae (45-22) to (45-25),
X ₄₆ and X ₄₇ each independently represent C(R ₈₀₁ )(R ₈₀₂ ), NR ₈₀₃ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ and R ₄₈₁ to R ₄₈₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in formula (45).
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Preferably, it is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₃ are the same or different.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (45) is represented by the following general formula (45-26).

(In the general formula (45-26),
X ₄₆ is C(R ₈₀₁ )(R ₈₀₂ ), NR ₈₀₃ , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
R ₄₆₃ , R ₄₆₄ , R ₄₆₇ , R ₄₆₈ , R ₄₇₁ , and R ₄₈₁ to R ₄₉₂ each independently have the same definition as R ₄₆₁ to R ₄₇₁ in formula (45).
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Preferably, it is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₃ are the same or different.

Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (4) include the compounds shown below. In the specific examples below, Ph represents a phenyl group, and D represents a deuterium atom.

(Compound represented by general formula (5))
The compound represented by the general formula (5) will be described below. The compound represented by the general formula (5) corresponds to the compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (41-3).

(In the general formula (5),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent:
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R ₅₂₁ and R ₅₂₂ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

"One of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent groups among R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ " is, for example, a combination such as a group consisting of R ₅₀₁ and R ₅₀₂ , a group consisting of R ₅₀₂ and R ₅₀₃ , a group consisting of R ₅₀₃ and R ₅₀₄ , a group consisting of R ₅₀₅ and R ₅₀₆ , a group consisting of R ₅₀₆ and R ₅₀₇ , a group consisting of R ₅₀₁ , R ₅₀₂ and R ₅₀₃ , etc.

In one embodiment, at least one, preferably two of R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ are a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ).

In one embodiment, R ₅₀₁ to R ₅₀₇ and R ₅₁₁ to R ₅₁₇ are each independently:
Hydrogen atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (5) is a compound represented by the following general formula (52):

(In the general formula (52),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₅₃₁ to R ₅₃₄ and R ₅₄₁ to R ₅₄₄ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₅₃₁ to R ₅₃₄ , R ₅₄₁ to R ₅₄₄ , and R ₅₅₁ and R ₅₅₂ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
R ₅₆₁ to R ₅₆₄ each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (5) is a compound represented by the following general formula (53):

(In the general formula (53), R ₅₅₁ , R ₅₅₂ , and R ₅₆₁ to R ₅₆₄ each independently have the same definition as R ₅₅₁ , R ₅₅₂ , and R ₅₆₁ to R ₅₆₄ in the general formula (52).)

In one embodiment, R ₅₆₁ to R ₅₆₄ in the general formula (52) and the general formula (53) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group).

In one embodiment, R ₅₂₁ and R ₅₂₂ in the general formula (5), and R ₅₅₁ and R ₅₅₂ in the general formula (52) and general formula (53) are hydrogen atoms.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of “substituted or unsubstituted” in the general formula (5), the general formula (52), and the general formula (53) is
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Specific examples of compounds represented by the general formula (5) include the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (6))
The compound represented by formula (6) will be described.

(In the general formula (6),
Ring a, ring b and ring c each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ each independently bond to the ring a, ring b or ring c to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Ring a, ring b, and ring c are rings (substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon rings having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic rings having 5 to 50 ring atoms) fused to the central fused two-ring structure of general formula (6) composed of a boron atom and two nitrogen atoms.

The "aromatic hydrocarbon rings" of ring a, ring b and ring c have the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the above-mentioned "aryl group".
The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of ring a contains the three carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of formula (6) as ring-forming atoms.
The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of ring b and ring c contains the two carbon atoms on the central fused two-ring structure of formula (6) as ring-forming atoms.

Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the "aryl group" described in specific example group G1.
The "heterocycles" of ring a, ring b and ring c have the same structure as the compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group".
The "heterocycle" of ring a contains three carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of general formula (6) as ring-forming atoms. The "heterocycle" of rings b and c contains two carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of general formula (6) as ring-forming atoms. Specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted heterocycles having 5 to 50 ring atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the "heterocyclic group" described in specific example group G2.

R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ may each independently bond to the ring a, ring b, or ring c to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle. The heterocycle in this case includes the nitrogen atom on the central fused two-ring structure of the general formula (6). The heterocycle in this case may include a heteroatom other than a nitrogen atom. Specifically, R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ bond to the ring a, ring b, or ring c means that an atom constituting the ring a, ring b, or ring c is bonded to an atom constituting R ₆₀₁ and R _602. For example, R ₆₀₁ may bond to the ring a to form a two-ring fused (or three-ring or more fused) nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which the ring containing R ₆₀₁ is fused to the ring a. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include compounds corresponding to the nitrogen-containing two-ring or more fused heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2.
The above also applies when R ₆₀₁ is bonded to ring b, when R ₆₀₂ is bonded to ring a, and when R ₆₀₂ is bonded to ring c.

In one embodiment, the ring a, ring b, and ring c in the general formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In one embodiment, the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c in the general formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.

In one embodiment, R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ in the general formula (6) are each independently
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is preferred.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (6) is a compound represented by the following general formula (62).

(In the general formula (62),
R _601A is bonded to one or more selected from the group consisting of R ₆₁₁ and R ₆₂₁ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R _602A is bonded to one or more selected from the group consisting of R ₆₁₃ and R ₆₁₄ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R _601A and R _602A which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, do not form a monocycle, and do not form a fused ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

R _601A and R _602A in the general formula (62) are groups corresponding to R ₆₀₁ and R ₆₀₂ in the general formula (6), respectively.
For example, R _601A and R ₆₁₁ may be bonded to form a 2-ring (or 3-ring or more) nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which a ring containing them is fused to a benzene ring corresponding to the ring a. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include compounds corresponding to the nitrogen-containing 2-ring or more fused heterocyclic groups in specific example group G2. The same applies when _{R 601A} and R ₆₂₁ are bonded, when R _602A and R ₆₁₃ are bonded, and when R _602A and R ₆₁₄ are bonded.

One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ are
They may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.
For example, R ₆₁₁ and R ₆₁₂ may be bonded to a 6-membered ring to form a structure in which a benzene ring, an indole ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, or the like is condensed with the 6-membered ring to which they are bonded, and the condensed ring thus formed is a naphthalene ring, a carbazole ring, an indole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, or a dibenzothiophene ring.

In one embodiment, R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently
It is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently
a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms;
At least one of R ₆₁₁ to R ₆₂₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (62) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63):

(In the general formula (63),
R ₆₃₁ is bonded to R ₆₄₆ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R ₆₃₃ and R ₆₄₇ combine together to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R ₆₃₄ is bonded to R ₆₅₁ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R ₆₄₁ is bonded to R ₆₄₂ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, do not form a monocycle, and do not form a fused ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

R ₆₃₁ may be bonded to R ₆₄₆ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle. For example, R ₆₃₁ and R ₆₄₆ may be bonded to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycle having 3 or more condensed rings in which the benzene ring to which R ₆₄₆ is bonded, the ring containing N, and the benzene ring corresponding to the ring a are condensed. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include compounds corresponding to the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group having 3 or more condensed rings in the specific example group G2. The same applies when R ₆₃₃ and R ₆₄₇ are bonded, when R ₆₃₄ and R ₆₅₁ are bonded, and when R ₆₄₁ and R ₆₄₂ are bonded.

In one embodiment, R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently
It is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently
a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms;
At least one of R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63A):

(In the general formula (63A),
_R661 is,
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
R ₆₆₂ to R ₆₆₅ each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₆₁ to R ₆₆₅ are each independently
It is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₆₁ to R ₆₆₅ each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63B):

(In the general formula (63B),
R ₆₇₁ and R ₆₇₂ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
R ₆₇₃ to R ₆₇₅ each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
-N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63B'):

(In the general formula (63B'), R ₆₇₂ to R ₆₇₅ each independently have the same definition as R ₆₇₂ to R ₆₇₅ in the general formula (63B).)

In one embodiment, at least one of R ₆₇₁ to R ₆₇₅ is
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a group represented by --N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment,
_R672 is
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
R ₆₇₁ and R ₆₇₃ to R ₆₇₅ each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a group represented by --N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63C):

(In the general formula (63C),
R ₆₈₁ and R ₆₈₂ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
R ₆₈₃ to R ₆₈₆ each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63C'):

(In the general formula (63C'), R ₆₈₃ to R ₆₈₆ each independently have the same definition as R ₆₈₃ to R ₆₈₆ in the general formula (63C).)

In one embodiment, R ₆₈₁ to R ₆₈₆ are each independently
It is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₆₈₁ to R ₆₈₆ each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

The compound represented by the general formula (6) can be produced by first linking the ring a, ring b, and ring c with linking groups (a group containing N-R ₆₀₁ and a group containing N-R ₆₀₂ ) to produce an intermediate (first reaction), and then linking the ring a, ring b, and ring c with a linking group (a group containing a boron atom) to produce a final product (second reaction). In the first reaction, an amination reaction such as the Bachbrut-Hartwig reaction can be applied. In the second reaction, a tandem hetero Friedel-Crafts reaction or the like can be applied.

Specific examples of compounds represented by the general formula (6) are described below, but these are merely examples, and the compounds represented by the general formula (6) are not limited to the specific examples below.

(Compound represented by general formula (7))
The compound represented by formula (7) will be described.

(In the general formula (7),
Ring r is a ring represented by formula (72) or (73) fused at any position to an adjacent ring,
ring q and ring s are each independently a ring represented by general formula (74) which is fused to an adjacent ring at any position,
The p ring and the t ring each independently represent a structure represented by the general formula (75) or (76) which is fused at any position of the adjacent ring,
_X7 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or _NR702 .
When there are a plurality of R ₇₀₁ , adjacent R ₇₀₁ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₇₀₁ and R ₇₀₂ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₇₀₁ and Ar ₇₀₂ are each independently
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
_L701 is,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
m1 is 0, 1 or 2;
m2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
m3 is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3;
m4 is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
When a plurality of R ₇₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₇₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of X _7s are present, the plurality of X _7s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₇₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₇₀₂ are the same or different,
When a plurality of Ar ₇₀₁ are present, the plurality of Ar ₇₀₁ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of Ar ₇₀₂ are present, the plurality of Ar ₇₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of L ₇₀₁ are present, the plurality of L ₇₀₁ are the same or different.

In the general formula (7), each of the p, q, r, s and t rings is fused to an adjacent ring by sharing two carbon atoms. The condensation position and orientation are not limited, and condensation is possible in any position and orientation.

In one embodiment, in the general formula (72) or general formula (73) as the r ring, m1 = 0 or m2 = 0.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any of the following general formulas (71-1) to (71-6).

(In the general formulae (71-1) to (71-6), R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1 and m3 are respectively defined as R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1 and m3 in the general formula (7).)

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (7) is represented by any of the following general formulas (71-11) to (71-13).

(In the general formulae (71-11) to (71-13), R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1, m3 and m4 are respectively defined as R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1, m3 and m4 in the general formula (7).)

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any of the following general formulas (71-21) to (71-25).

(In the general formulae (71-21) to (71-25), R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1 and m4 are respectively defined as R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , m1 and m4 in the general formula (7).)

In one embodiment, the compound represented by general formula (7) is represented by any of the following general formulas (71-31) to (71-33).

(In the general formulae (71-31) to (71-33), R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , and m2 to m4 are respectively defined as R ₇₀₁ , X ₇ , Ar ₇₀₁ , Ar ₇₀₂ , L ₇₀₁ , and m2 to m4 in the general formula (7).)

In one embodiment, Ar ₇₀₁ and Ar ₇₀₂ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, one of Ar ₇₀₁ and Ar ₇₀₂ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and the other of Ar ₇₀₁ and Ar ₇₀₂ is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Specific examples of compounds represented by the general formula (7) include the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (8))
The compound represented by formula (8) will be described.

(In the general formula (8),
At least one pair of R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ , and R ₈₀₃ and R ₈₀₄ are bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (82):
At least one pair of R ₈₀₅ and R ₈₀₆ , R ₈₀₆ and R ₈₀₇ , and R ₈₀₇ and R ₈₀₈ are bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (83).

(At least one of R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₀₄ and R ₈₁₁ to R ₈₁₄ that do not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84),
At least one of R ₈₀₅ to R ₈₀₈ and R ₈₂₁ to R ₈₂₄ which do not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (83) is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84):
_X8 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or _NR809 ;
R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₀₈ which do not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) or the general formula (83) and are not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84), R ₈₁₁ to R ₈₁₄ and R ₈₂₁ to R ₈₂₄ which are not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84), and R ₈₀₉ each independently represent:
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

(In the general formula (84),
Ar ₈₀₁ and Ar ₈₀₂ are each independently
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
L ₈₀₁ to L ₈₀₃ each independently represent
Single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
a divalent linking group formed by bonding together 2 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
In the general formula (84), * indicates the bonding position with the ring structure represented by the general formula (8), the group represented by the general formula (82) or the general formula (83).

In the general formula (8), the positions at which the divalent group represented by the general formula (82) and the divalent group represented by the general formula (83) are formed are not particularly limited, and the groups can be formed at any possible position of R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₀₈ .

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (8) is represented by any of the following general formulas (81-1) to (81-6).

(In the general formulas (81-1) to (81-6),
_X8 has the same meaning as _X8 in formula (8),
At least two of R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₂₄ are monovalent groups represented by the general formula (84),
R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₂₄ which are not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (8) is represented by any of the following general formulas (81-7) to (81-18).

(In the general formulas (81-7) to (81-18),
_X8 has the same meaning as _X8 in formula (8),
* is a single bond bonding to the monovalent group represented by general formula (84),
R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₂₄ each independently have the same meaning as R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₂₄ which are not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) in the general formulae (81-1) to (81-6).

R ₈₀₁ to R ₈₀₈ which do not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) and the general formula (83) and are not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84), and R ₈₁₁ to R ₈₁₄ and R ₈₂₁ to R ₈₂₄ which are not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) are preferably each independently:
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

The monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) is preferably represented by the following general formula (85) or general formula (86).

(In the general formula (85),
R ₈₃₁ to R ₈₄₀ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
The symbol * in the general formula (85) has the same meaning as the symbol * in the general formula (84).

(In the general formula (86),
Ar ₈₀₁ , L ₈₀₁ and L ₈₀₃ have the same meanings as Ar ₈₀₁ , L ₈₀₁ and L ₈₀₃ in the general formula (84);
HAr ₈₀₁ has a structure represented by the following general formula (87):

(In the general formula (87),
X ₈₁ is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
Any one of R ₈₄₁ to R ₈₄₈ is a single bond bonded to L ₈₀₃ ;
R ₈₄₁ to R ₈₄₈ which are not single bonds each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (8) include the compounds described in WO 2014/104144 and the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (9))
The compound represented by formula (9) will be described.

(In the general formula (9),
Ring A ₉₁ and ring A ₉₂ each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
One or more rings selected from the group consisting of ring A ₉₁ and ring A ₉₂ are
It bonds to * in the structure represented by the following general formula (92).

(In the general formula (92),
The _A93 ring is
a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
_X9 is _NR93 , C( _R94 )( _R95 ), Si( _R96 )( _R97 ), Ge( _R98 )( _R99 ), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a selenium atom;
R ₉₁ and R ₉₂ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded together to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded together,
R ₉₁ and R ₉₂ which do not form a monocycle and do not form a condensed ring, and R ₉₃ to R ₉₉ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

One or more rings selected from the group consisting of ring _A91 and ring _A92 are bonded to * in the structure represented by general formula (92). That is, in one embodiment, a ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of ring _A91 or a ring-forming atom of the heterocycle is bonded to * in the structure represented by general formula (92). In one embodiment, a ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of ring _A92 or a ring-forming atom of the heterocycle is bonded to * in the structure represented by general formula (92).

In one embodiment, a group represented by the following general formula (93) is bonded to either or both of ring A ₉₁ and ring A ₉₂ .

(In the general formula (93),
Ar ₉₁ and Ar ₉₂ each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
L ₉₁ to L ₉₃ each independently represent
Single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
a divalent linking group formed by bonding 2 to 4 ring members selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,
In the general formula (93), * indicates the bonding position to either ring _A91 or ring _A92 .

In one embodiment, in addition to the ring A ₉₁ , a ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-forming atom of the heterocycle of the ring A ₉₂ is bonded to * in the structure represented by the general formula (92). In this case, the structures represented by the general formula (92) may be the same or different from each other.

In one embodiment, R ₉₁ and R ₉₂ each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In one embodiment, R ₉₁ and R ₉₂ are linked together to form a fluorene structure.

In one embodiment, ring A ₉₁ and ring A ₉₂ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.

In one embodiment, ring A ₉₃ is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.
In one embodiment, X ₉ is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

Specific examples of compounds represented by the general formula (9) include the compounds shown below.

(Compound represented by general formula (10))
The compound represented by formula (10) will be described.

(In the general formula (10),
_Ring Ax1 is a ring represented by formula (10a) which is fused to an adjacent ring at any position,
_Ring Ax2 is a ring represented by formula (10b) which is fused to an adjacent ring at any position,
In the general formula (10b), the two *'s are bonded to any positions of the _Ax3 ring,
_XA and _XB each independently represent C(R ₁₀₀₃ )(R ₁₀₀₄ ), Si(R ₁₀₀₅ )(R ₁₀₀₆ ), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;
The _Ax3 ring is
a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₁₀₀₁ is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
R ₁₀₀₁ to R ₁₀₀₆ each independently represent
Hydrogen atom,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
mx1 is 3 and mx2 is 2;
Multiple R ₁₀₀₁ are the same or different,
A plurality of R ₁₀₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
ax is 0, 1 or 2;
When ax is 0 or 1, the structures in the brackets represented by "3-ax" are the same or different from each other,
When ax is 2, multiple Ar ₁₀₀₁ are the same or different from each other.

In one embodiment, Ar ₁₀₀₁ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, ring _Ax3 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring.

In one embodiment, R ₁₀₀₃ and R ₁₀₀₄ each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, ax is 1.

Specific examples of compounds represented by the general formula (10) include the compounds shown below.

In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer 5 contains, as the light-emitting compound,
A compound represented by the general formula (4),
A compound represented by the general formula (5),
The composition contains one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the general formula (6) and a compound represented by the following general formula (63a):

(In the general formula (63a),
R ₆₃₁ is bonded to R ₆₄₆ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
R ₆₃₃ is bonded to R ₆₄₇ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
R ₆₃₄ combines with R ₆₅₁ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
R ₆₄₁ is bonded to R ₆₄₂ to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, do not form a monocycle, and do not form a fused ring each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
However, at least one of R ₆₃₁ to R ₆₅₁ which does not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, does not form the monocycle, and does not form the condensed ring is
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound represented by the general formula (41-3), the general formula (41-4), or the general formula (41-5), and the A1 ring in the general formula (41-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 10 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted fused heterocycle having 8 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 10 to 50 ring carbon atoms in the general formulae (41-3), (41-4), and (41-5) is
a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring;
a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring;
The substituted or unsubstituted fused heterocyclic ring having 8 to 50 ring atoms is
a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring;
a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 10 to 50 ring carbon atoms in the general formula (41-3), the general formula (41-4), or the general formula (41-5) is
a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring;
The substituted or unsubstituted fused heterocyclic ring having 8 to 50 ring atoms is
a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring;
a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is
A compound represented by the following general formula (461):
A compound represented by the following general formula (462):
A compound represented by the following general formula (463):
A compound represented by the following general formula (464):
A compound represented by the following general formula (465):
The compound represented by the following general formula (466) is selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following general formula (467).

(In the general formulas (461) to (467),
one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ , R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₆ , R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ , and R ₄₅₁ to R ₄₅₄ are
joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or
are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other,
R ₄₃₇ , R ₄₃₈ , and R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ , R ₄₃₁ to R ₄₃₆ , R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ and R ₄₅₁ to R ₄₅₄ which do not form a single ring and do not form a condensed ring each independently represent ,
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
X ₄ is an oxygen atom, NR ₈₀₁ , or C(R ₈₀₂ )(R ₈₀₃ );
R ₈₀₁ , R ₈₀₂ and R ₈₀₃ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Preferably, it is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₃ are the same or different.

In one embodiment, R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₇ are each independently:
Hydrogen atoms,
It is selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (41-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-3-1):

(In the general formula (41-3-1), R ₄₂₃ , R ₄₂₅ , R ₄₂₆ , R ₄₄₂ , R ₄₄₄ and R ₄₄₅ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₂₃ , R ₄₂₅ , R ₄₂₆ , R ₄₄₂ , R ₄₄₄ and R ₄₄₅ in the general formula (41-3).)

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (41-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-3-2):

(In the general formula (41-3-2), R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₈ in the general formula (41-3),
However, at least one of R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₆ is a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ).

In one embodiment, in the general formula (41-3-2), any two of R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₇ and R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₆ are a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ ).

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (41-3-2) is a compound represented by the following formula (41-3-3):

(In the general formula (41-3-3), R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₄ , R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₃ , R ₄₄₇ and R ₄₄₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₄₂₁ to R ₄₂₄ , R ₄₄₀ to R ₄₄₃ , R ₄₄₇ and R ₄₄₈ in the general formula (41-3),
R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D each independently represent
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (41-3-3) is a compound represented by the following formula (41-3-4):

(In the general formula (41-3-4), R ₄₄₇ , R ₄₄₈ , R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D each independently have the same definition as R ₄₄₇ , R ₄₄₈ , R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D in the general formula (41-3-3).)

In one embodiment, R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, R _A , R _B , R _C and R _D are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.

In one embodiment, R ₄₄₇ and R ₄₄₈ are hydrogen atoms.

In the organic EL element 1A, the light-emitting compound contained in the light-emitting layer 5 is preferably a compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and more preferably a compound that emits light with a maximum peak wavelength of 430 nm or more and 480 nm or less.
In the organic EL element 1A, the light-emitting compound contained in the light-emitting layer 5 is preferably a compound that exhibits fluorescent emission with a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and more preferably a compound that exhibits fluorescent emission of 430 nm or more and 480 nm or less.

In the organic EL element 1A, when the light-emitting layer 5 contains a compound according to the first embodiment and a light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the compound according to the first embodiment is a host material (sometimes referred to as a matrix material), and the light-emitting compound is preferably a dopant material (sometimes referred to as a guest material, emitter, or light-emitting material).

In the organic EL element 1A, when the light-emitting layer 5 contains a compound according to the second embodiment and a light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the compound according to the second embodiment is a host material (sometimes referred to as a matrix material), and the light-emitting compound is preferably a dopant material (sometimes referred to as a guest material, emitter, or light-emitting material).

In the organic EL element 1A, when the light-emitting layer 5 contains a compound according to the third embodiment and a light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the compound according to the third embodiment is a host material (sometimes referred to as a matrix material), and the light-emitting compound is preferably a dopant material (sometimes referred to as a guest material, emitter, or light-emitting material).

In this specification, the term "host material" refers to a material that is contained in, for example, "50% by weight or more of a layer."
Therefore, for example, in the case of the organic EL element 1A, the light-emitting layer 5 contains the compound represented by the general formula (1A) in an amount of 50% by mass or more of the total mass of the light-emitting layer.
Therefore, for example, in the case of the organic EL element 1A, the light-emitting layer 5 contains the compound represented by the general formula (1C) in an amount of 50% by mass or more of the total mass of the light-emitting layer.

(Thickness of the light-emitting layer)
The thickness of the light-emitting layer 5 is preferably 5 nm to 50 nm, more preferably 7 nm to 50 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 50 nm. When the thickness of the light-emitting layer is 5 nm or more, it is easy to form the light-emitting layer and adjust the chromaticity. When the thickness of the light-emitting layer is 50 nm or less, it is easy to suppress an increase in the driving voltage.

(Content of Compound in Light-Emitting Layer)
When the light-emitting layer 5 contains the compound according to the first embodiment and the light-emitting compound, the contents of the compound according to the first embodiment and the light-emitting compound in the light-emitting layer 5 are preferably, for example, in the following ranges, respectively.
The content of the compound according to the first embodiment is preferably 80% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less.
The content of the luminescent compound is preferably from 1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 7% by mass, and further preferably from 1% by mass to 5% by mass.
However, the upper limit of the total content of the compound according to the first embodiment and the light-emitting compound in the light-emitting layer 5 is 100 mass %.

When the light-emitting layer 5 contains the compound according to the second embodiment and the light-emitting compound, the contents of the compound according to the second embodiment and the light-emitting compound in the light-emitting layer 5 are preferably, for example, in the following ranges, respectively.
The content of the compound according to the second embodiment is preferably 80% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less.
The content of the luminescent compound is preferably from 1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 7% by mass, and further preferably from 1% by mass to 5% by mass.
However, the upper limit of the total content of the compound according to the second embodiment and the light-emitting compound in the light-emitting layer 5 is 100 mass %.

When the light-emitting layer 5 contains the compound according to the third embodiment and the light-emitting compound, the contents of the compound according to the third embodiment and the light-emitting compound in the light-emitting layer 5 are preferably, for example, in the following ranges, respectively.
The content of the compound according to the third embodiment is preferably 80% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less.
The content of the luminescent compound is preferably from 1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 7% by mass, and further preferably from 1% by mass to 5% by mass.
However, the upper limit of the total content of the compound according to the third embodiment and the light-emitting compound in the light-emitting layer 5 is 100 mass %.

In this embodiment, the light-emitting layer 5 may contain materials other than the compound according to the first embodiment and the light-emitting compound.
The light-emitting layer 5 may contain only one type of the compound according to the first embodiment, or may contain two or more types of the compound. The light-emitting layer 5 may contain only one type of the light-emitting compound, or may contain two or more types of the light-emitting compound.

Furthermore, this embodiment does not exclude the case where the light-emitting layer 5 contains materials other than the compound according to the second embodiment and the light-emitting compound.
The light-emitting layer 5 may contain only one type of the compound according to the second embodiment, or may contain two or more types of the compound. The light-emitting layer 5 may contain only one type of the light-emitting compound, or may contain two or more types of the light-emitting compound.
Furthermore, this embodiment does not exclude the case where the light-emitting layer 5 contains materials other than the compound according to the third embodiment and the light-emitting compound.
The light-emitting layer 5 may contain only one type of the compound according to the third embodiment, or may contain two or more types of the compound. The light-emitting layer 5 may contain only one type of the light-emitting compound, or may contain two or more types of the light-emitting compound.

FIG. 2 shows a schematic configuration of another example of the organic EL element according to this embodiment.
2 differs from the organic EL element 1A in that an organic layer 10B includes a first light-emitting region 5B, but is otherwise similar to the organic EL element 1A. The first light-emitting region 5B includes, in this order from the anode 3 side, a first light-emitting layer 51 and a second light-emitting layer 52.
The first light-emitting layer 51 contains a first compound, and the second light-emitting layer 52 contains a second compound. The first compound and the second compound are different from each other.

(First Compound)
In one embodiment of the organic EL element 1B, the first compound is the compound according to the first embodiment.
In one aspect of the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first compound may be a compound represented by the general formula (1C-A).
In one embodiment of the organic EL element 1B, the first compound is the compound according to the second embodiment.
In one aspect of the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first compound may be a compound represented by the general formula (1C-B).
In one embodiment of the organic EL element 1B, the first compound is a compound according to the third embodiment.
In one aspect of the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first compound may be a compound represented by the general formula (1C-C).
In one embodiment of the organic EL element 1B, the first compound is a compound represented by the general formula (1C).

(Second Compound)
In the organic EL element 1B, the second compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2).

(In the general formula (2),
R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
L ₂₀₁ and L ₂₀₂ each independently represent
Single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₂ are each independently
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the second compound according to this embodiment, R ₉₀₁ , R ₉₀₂ , R ₉₀₃ , R ₉₀₄ , R ₉₀₅ , R ₉₀₆ , R ₉₀₇ , R ₈₀₁ and R ₈₀₂ are each independently
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₂ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₃ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₃ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₄ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₄ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₅ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₅ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₉₀₆ are present, the plurality of R ₉₀₆ are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R _907s are present, the plurality of R _907s are the same or different from each other,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₁ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₁ are the same or different,
When a plurality of R ₈₀₂ are present, the plurality of R ₈₀₂ are the same or different.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ),
A group represented by —O—(R ₉₀₄ ),
A group represented by -S-(R ₉₀₅ ),
a group represented by -N(R ₉₀₆ )(R ₉₀₇ );
a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,
A group represented by —C(═O)R ₈₀₁ ,
A group represented by —COOR ₈₀₂ ,
Halogen atoms,
a cyano group or a nitro group;
L ₂₀₁ and L ₂₀₂ each independently represent
Single bond,
a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
Ar ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₂ are each independently
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
L ₂₀₁ and L ₂₀₂ each independently represent
a single bond, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is preferable that Ar ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₂ each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
Ar ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₂ are each independently
Phenyl group,
naphthyl group,
A phenanthryl group,
Biphenyl group,
terphenyl group,
Diphenylfluorenyl group,
Dimethylfluorenyl group,
Benzodiphenylfluorenyl group,
Benzodimethylfluorenyl group,
Dibenzofuranyl group,
Dibenzothienyl group,
A naphthobenzofuranyl group or a naphthobenzothienyl group is preferred.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (201), general formula (202), general formula (203), general formula (204), general formula (205), general formula (206), general formula (207), general formula (208) or general formula (209).

(In the general formulas (201) to (209),
L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ have the same meanings as L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ in formula (2).
R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ each independently have the same meaning as R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ in formula (2).

It is also preferable that the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (221), general formula (222), general formula (223), general formula (224), general formula (225), general formula (226), general formula (227), general formula (228) or general formula (229).

(In the general formula (221), the general formula (222), the general formula (223), the general formula (224), the general formula (225), the general formula (226), the general formula (227), the general formula (228) and the general formula (229),
R ₂₀₁ and R ₂₀₃ to R ₂₀₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₂₀₁ and R ₂₀₃ to R ₂₀₈ in formula (2);
L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ are the same as L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ in formula (2), respectively;
L ₂₀₃ has the same meaning as L ₂₀₁ in formula (2).
L ₂₀₃ and L ₂₀₁ are the same or different;
Ar ₂₀₃ has the same meaning as Ar ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2).
Ar ₂₀₃ and Ar ₂₀₁ are the same or different.

It is also preferable that the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (241), general formula (242), general formula (243), general formula (244), general formula (245), general formula (246), general formula (247), general formula (248) or general formula (249).

(In the general formula (241), the general formula (242), the general formula (243), the general formula (244), the general formula (245), the general formula (246), the general formula (247), the general formula (248) and the general formula (249),
R ₂₀₁ , R ₂₀₂ , and R ₂₀₄ to R ₂₀₈ each independently have the same definition as R ₂₀₁ , R ₂₀₂ , and R ₂₀₄ to R ₂₀₈ in formula (2);
L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ are the same as L ₂₀₁ and Ar ₂₀₁ in formula (2), respectively;
L ₂₀₃ has the same meaning as L ₂₀₁ in formula (2).
L ₂₀₃ and L ₂₀₁ are the same or different;
Ar ₂₀₃ has the same meaning as Ar ₂₀₁ in the general formula (2).
Ar ₂₀₃ and Ar ₂₀₁ are the same or different.

In the second compound represented by the general formula (2), R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by --Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ) is preferred.

_L201 is,
a single bond, or an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms,
Ar ₂₀₁ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
In the second compound represented by the general formula (2), R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by --Si(R ₉₀₁ )(R ₉₀₂ )(R ₉₀₃ ) is preferred.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,
In the second compound represented by the general formula (2), R ₂₀₁ to R ₂₀₈ are preferably hydrogen atoms.

In the second compound, it is preferable that all of the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, for example, Ar ₂₀₁ in the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl group.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, for example, Ar ₂₀₁ in the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is an unsubstituted dibenzofuranyl group.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, for example, the second compound represented by the general formula (2) contains at least one hydrogen atom, and at least one of the hydrogen atoms is deuterium.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, for example, L ₂₀₁ in the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is TEMP-63 to TEMP-68.

In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, for example, Ar ₂₀₁ in the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is a substituted or unsubstituted anthryl group,
Benzanthryl group,
A phenanthryl group,
Benzophenanthryl group,
A phenalenyl group,
Pyrenyl group,
Chrysenyl group,
benzochrysenyl group,
A triphenylenyl group,
Benzotriphenylenyl group,
tetracenyl group,
Pentacenyl group,
fluoranthenyl group,
At least one group selected from the group consisting of a benzofluoranthenyl group and a perylenyl group.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, for example, Ar ₂₀₁ in the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, for example, Ar ₂₀₁ in the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is a substituted or unsubstituted xanthenyl group.

In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, for example, Ar ₂₀₁ in the second compound represented by the general formula (2) is a benzoxanthenyl group.

(Method for Producing Second Compound)
The second compound can be produced by a known method. The second compound can also be produced by following a known method and using known alternative reactions and raw materials suited to the target compound.

(Specific Example of the Second Compound)
Specific examples of the second compound include the following compounds, however, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the second compound.

(First luminescent compound and second luminescent compound)
In the organic EL element 1B, the first light-emitting layer 51 preferably further contains a first light-emitting compound (preferably a fluorescent compound).
In the organic EL element 1B, the second light-emitting layer 52 preferably further contains a second light-emitting compound (preferably a fluorescent compound).
When the first light-emitting layer 51 contains a first light-emitting compound and the second light-emitting layer 52 contains a second light-emitting compound, the first light-emitting compound and the second light-emitting compound are the same as or different from each other.
Examples of the first light-emitting compound and the second light-emitting compound include the same light-emitting compounds as those exemplified in the organic EL element 1A.

In one embodiment, the organic EL element 1B includes, as at least one of the first light-emitting compound in the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting compound in the second light-emitting layer 52,
A compound represented by the general formula (4),
A compound represented by the general formula (5),
The composition contains one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the general formula (6) and the compound represented by the general formula (63a).

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" in each of the above formulas is
an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms;
an unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
an unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A group represented by -Si(R _901a )(R _902a )(R _903a ),
A group represented by —O—(R _904a ),
A group represented by -S-(R _905a ),
A group represented by -N(R _906a )(R _907a ),
Halogen atoms,
Cyano group,
Nitro group,
an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
R _901a to R _907a each independently represent
Hydrogen atoms,
an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms;
an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,
When two or more R _901a are present, the two or more R _901a are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R _902a are present, the two or more R _902a are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R _903a are present, the two or more R _903a are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R _904a are present, the two or more R _904a are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R _905a are present, the two or more R _905a are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R _906a are present, the two or more R _906a are the same or different from each other,
When two or more R _907a are present, the two or more R _907a are the same or different.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" in each of the above formulas is
an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms;
an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted" in each of the above formulas is
an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms;
an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

In the organic EL element 1B, the first light-emitting compound contained in the first light-emitting layer 51 is preferably a compound that exhibits light emission having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and more preferably a compound that exhibits light emission of 430 nm or more and 480 nm or less.
In the organic EL element 1B, the first light-emitting compound contained in the first light-emitting layer 51 is preferably a compound that exhibits fluorescent emission having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and more preferably a compound that exhibits fluorescent emission of 430 nm or more and 480 nm or less.

In the organic EL element 1B, the second light-emitting compound contained in the second light-emitting layer 52 is preferably a compound that exhibits light emission having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and more preferably a compound that exhibits light emission of 430 nm or more and 480 nm or less.
In the organic EL element 1B, the second light-emitting compound contained in the second light-emitting layer 52 is preferably a compound that exhibits fluorescent emission having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, and more preferably a compound that exhibits fluorescent emission of 430 nm or more and 480 nm or less.

In the organic EL element 1B, when the first light-emitting layer 51 contains a first compound and a first light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the first compound is a host material, and it is preferable that the first light-emitting compound is a dopant material.

In the organic EL element 1B, it is preferable that the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first compound and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second compound satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1).
_T1 (H1)> _T1 (H2) ... (Equation 1)

Triplet-Triple-Annihilation (sometimes referred to as TTA) is a known technique for improving the luminous efficiency of organic EL elements. TTA is a mechanism in which triplet excitons collide with other triplet excitons to generate singlet excitons. The TTA mechanism is also sometimes referred to as the TTF mechanism, as described in International Publication WO 2010/134350.

The TTF phenomenon will be explained. Holes injected from the anode and electrons injected from the cathode recombine in the light-emitting layer to generate excitons. As is conventionally known, the spin state is such that singlet excitons account for 25% and triplet excitons account for 75%. In conventionally known fluorescent elements, 25% of the singlet excitons emit light when they relax to the ground state, but the remaining 75% of the triplet excitons return to the ground state through a thermal deactivation process without emitting light. Therefore, the theoretical limit of the internal quantum efficiency of conventional fluorescent elements was said to be 25%.
On the other hand, the behavior of triplet excitons generated inside organic materials has been theoretically investigated. According to S. M. Bachilo et al. (J. Phys. Chem. A, 104, 7711 (2000)), assuming that higher-order excitons such as quintets immediately return to triplet states, when the density of triplet excitons (hereinafter referred to as ³ A ^* ) increases, triplet excitons collide with each other and a reaction as shown in the following formula occurs. Here, ¹ A represents the ground state, and ¹ A ^* represents the lowest excited singlet exciton.
³ A ^* + ³ A ^* → (4/9) ¹ A + (1/9) ¹ A ^* + (13/9) ³ A ^*
That is, 5 ³ A ^* → 4 ¹ A + 1A ^* , and it is predicted that 1/5, i.e., 20%, of the 75% triplet excitons initially generated will change to singlet excitons. Therefore, the singlet excitons contributing as light will be 40%, which is 75% x (1/5) = 15% added to the 25% initially generated. At this time, the emission ratio (TTF ratio) derived from TTF in the total emission intensity will be 15/40, i.e., 37.5%. In addition, if it is assumed that the 75% triplet excitons initially generated collide with each other to generate singlet excitons (one singlet exciton is generated from two triplet excitons), a very high internal quantum efficiency of 62.5% will be obtained by adding 75% x (1/2) = 37.5% to the 25% initially generated singlet excitons. At this time, the TTF ratio is 37.5/62.5 = 60%.

According to the organic EL element of this embodiment, triplet excitons generated by recombination of holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer are unlikely to be quenched at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the organic layer even if there are excess carriers at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the organic layer that is in direct contact with the first light-emitting layer. For example, when the recombination region is locally present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the hole transport layer or the electron blocking layer, quenching due to excess electrons is considered. On the other hand, when the recombination region is locally present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the electron transport layer or the hole blocking layer, quenching due to excess holes is considered.
The organic EL element 1B includes at least two light-emitting layers (i.e., a first light-emitting layer 51 and a second light-emitting layer 52) that satisfy a predetermined relationship, and includes the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 such that the triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first compound in the first light-emitting layer 51 and the triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second compound in the second light-emitting layer 52 satisfy the relationship of the above mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1). This allows triplet excitons generated in the first light-emitting layer 51 to move to the second light-emitting layer 52 without being quenched by excess carriers, and can suppress reverse migration from the second light-emitting layer 52 to the first light-emitting layer 51. As a result, the TTF mechanism is expressed in the second light-emitting layer 52, and singlet excitons are efficiently generated, improving the luminous efficiency.
In this way, organic EL element 1B has, as distinct regions, first light-emitting layer 51 that mainly generates triplet excitons, and second light-emitting layer 52 that mainly exerts the TTF mechanism by utilizing triplet excitons transferred from first light-emitting layer 51, and uses, as the second compound in second light-emitting layer 52, a compound having a smaller triplet energy than the first compound in the first light-emitting layer, thereby providing a difference in triplet energy, thereby improving luminous efficiency.

(Triplet energy T ₁ )
The triplet energy _T1 can be measured by the following method.
A compound to be measured is dissolved in EPA (diethyl ether:isopentane:ethanol=5:5:2 (volume ratio)) to a concentration of 10 ^-5 mol/L or more and 10 ^-4 mol/L or less to prepare a solution, which is then placed in a quartz cell to prepare a measurement sample. A phosphorescence spectrum (vertical axis: phosphorescence emission intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) of this measurement sample is measured at low temperature (77 [K]), a tangent is drawn to the rising edge on the short wavelength side of this phosphorescence spectrum, and the amount of energy calculated from the following conversion formula (F1) based on the wavelength value λ _edge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis is taken as the triplet energy _T1 .
Conversion formula (F1): T ₁ [eV] = 1239.85/λ _edge

The tangent to the rising edge of the phosphorescence spectrum on the short wavelength side is drawn as follows. When moving along the spectral curve from the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum to the shortest maximum of the spectral maxima, consider the tangent at each point on the curve toward the long wavelength side. The slope of this tangent increases as the curve rises (i.e., as the vertical axis increases). The tangent drawn at the point where this slope is at its maximum (i.e., the tangent at the inflection point) is the tangent to the rising edge of the phosphorescence spectrum on the short wavelength side.
Note that a maximum point having a peak intensity of 15% or less of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not included in the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side described above, and a tangent drawn at a point where the slope value is the maximum value that is closest to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side is regarded as a tangent to the rising edge on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.
Phosphorescence can be measured using a spectrofluorophotometer body, Model F-4500, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corp. However, the measuring device is not limited to this, and measurements may be performed by combining a cooling device, a cryogenic container, an excitation light source, and a light receiving device.

In the organic EL element 1B, when the first light-emitting layer 51 contains a first compound and a first light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the singlet energy S ₁ (H1) of the first compound and the singlet energy S ₁ (D3) of the first light-emitting compound satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 2).
_S1 (H1)> _S1 (D3)... (Equation 2)

(Singlet energy S ₁ )
As a method for measuring the singlet energy _S1 using a solution (sometimes referred to as a solution method), the following method can be mentioned.
A toluene solution of 10 ^-5 mol/L to 10 ^-4 mol/L of the compound to be measured is prepared and placed in a quartz cell, and the absorption spectrum of this sample (vertical axis: absorption intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) is measured at room temperature (300 K). A tangent line is drawn to the falling edge on the long wavelength side of this absorption spectrum, and the wavelength value λedge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent line and the horizontal axis is substituted into the following conversion formula (F2) to calculate the singlet energy _S1 .
Conversion formula (F2): S ₁ [eV] = 1239.85/λedge
An example of an absorption spectrum measuring device is a spectrophotometer manufactured by Hitachi (device name: U3310), but is not limited to this.

The tangent to the fall on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on the spectral curve from the maximum value on the longest wavelength side among the maximum values of the absorption spectrum in the direction towards longer wavelengths, consider the tangent at each point on the curve. As the curve falls (i.e., as the value on the vertical axis decreases), the slope of this tangent decreases and then increases repeatedly. The tangent drawn at the point where the slope is at its minimum value on the longest wavelength side (excluding cases where the absorbance is 0.1 or less) is regarded as the tangent to the fall on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum.
Note that maximum points with absorbance values of 0.2 or less are not included in the maximum values on the longest wavelength side.

In the organic EL element 1B, when the second light-emitting layer 52 contains a second compound and a second light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the second compound is a host material, and it is preferable that the second light-emitting compound is a dopant material.

In the organic EL element 1B, when the second light-emitting layer 52 contains a second compound and a second light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the singlet energy S ₁ (H2) of the second compound and the singlet energy S ₁ (D4) of the second light-emitting compound satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 3).
S ₁ (H2)>S ₁ (D4)...(Math. 3)

It is preferable that the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 do not contain a phosphorescent material (dopant material).
Moreover, it is preferable that the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 do not contain a heavy metal complex or a phosphorescent rare earth metal complex. Examples of the heavy metal complex include an iridium complex, an osmium complex, and a platinum complex.
It is also preferable that the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 do not contain a metal complex.

(Thickness of the light-emitting layer)
The thickness of each of the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 in the organic EL element 1B is preferably 5 nm to 50 nm, more preferably 7 nm to 50 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 50 nm. When the thickness of the light-emitting layer is 5 nm or more, it is easy to form the light-emitting layer and adjust the chromaticity. When the thickness of the light-emitting layer is 50 nm or less, it is easy to suppress an increase in the driving voltage.

(Content of Compound in Light-Emitting Layer)
When the first light-emitting layer 51 contains the first compound and the first light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the contents of the first compound and the first light-emitting compound in the first light-emitting layer 51 are, for example, in the following ranges, respectively.
The content of the first compound is preferably 80% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less.
The content of the first light-emitting compound is preferably from 1 mass % to 10 mass %, more preferably from 1 mass % to 7 mass %, and even more preferably from 1 mass % to 5 mass %.
However, the upper limit of the total content of the first compound and the first light-emitting compound in the first light-emitting layer 51 is 100 mass %.

In this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer 51 may contain a material other than the first compound and the first light-emitting compound.
The first light-emitting layer 51 may contain only one type of the first compound, or may contain two or more types of the first compound. The first light-emitting layer 51 may contain only one type of the first light-emitting compound, or may contain two or more types of the first light-emitting compound.

When the second light-emitting layer 52 contains the second compound and the second light-emitting compound, it is preferable that the contents of the second compound and the second light-emitting compound in the second light-emitting layer 52 are, for example, in the following ranges, respectively.
The content of the second compound is preferably 80% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less.
The content of the second light-emitting compound is preferably from 1 mass % to 10 mass %, more preferably from 1 mass % to 7 mass %, and even more preferably from 1 mass % to 5 mass %.
However, the upper limit of the total content of the second compound and the second luminescent compound in the second light-emitting layer 52 is 100 mass %.

In this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer 52 may contain a material other than the second compound and the second light-emitting compound.
The second light-emitting layer 52 may contain only one type of the second compound, or may contain two or more types. The second light-emitting layer 52 may contain only one type of the second light-emitting compound, or may contain two or more types.

In the organic EL element 1B, it is also preferable that the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 are in direct contact.

In the organic EL element 1B, when "the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 are in direct contact with each other," the layer structure in which "the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 are in direct contact with each other" may include, for example, any of the following modes (LS1), (LS2), and (LS3).
(LS1) An embodiment in which a region in which a first compound as a host material (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “first host material”) and a second compound as a host material (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “second host material”) are both mixed is generated during the process of vapor deposition of a compound related to the first light-emitting layer 51 and the process of vapor deposition of a compound related to the second light-emitting layer 52, and this region is present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52.
(LS2) When the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 contain a light-emitting compound, a region in which the first host material, the second host material, and the light-emitting compound are mixed is generated during the process of vapor-depositing the compound for the first light-emitting layer 51 and the process of vapor-depositing the compound for the second light-emitting layer 52, and this region is present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52.
(LS3) When the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 contain a light-emitting compound, a region made of the light-emitting compound, a region made of the first host material, or a region made of the second host material is generated during the process of vapor-deposition of the compound for the first light-emitting layer 51 and the process of vapor-deposition of the compound for the second light-emitting layer 52, and the region is present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52.

When the organic EL element 1B includes a third light-emitting layer, it is preferable that the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 are in direct contact with each other, and that the second light-emitting layer 52 and the third light-emitting layer are in direct contact with each other.

In the organic EL element 1B, when "the second light-emitting layer 52 and the third light-emitting layer are in direct contact with each other," the layer structure in which "the second light-emitting layer 52 and the third light-emitting layer are in direct contact with each other" may include, for example, any of the following aspects (LS4), (LS5), and (LS6).
(LS4) An embodiment in which a region in which both the second host material and the third host material (the host material contained in the third emitting layer) are mixed is generated during the process of vapor deposition of the compound related to the second emitting layer 52 and the process of vapor deposition of the compound related to the third emitting layer, and this region is present at the interface between the second emitting layer 52 and the third emitting layer.
(LS5) When the second light-emitting layer 52 and the third light-emitting layer contain a light-emitting compound, a region in which the second host material, the third host material, and the light-emitting compound are mixed is generated during the process of vapor-depositing the compound for the second light-emitting layer 52 and the process of vapor-depositing the compound for the third light-emitting layer, and this region is present at the interface between the second light-emitting layer 52 and the third light-emitting layer.
(LS6) When the second light-emitting layer 52 and the third light-emitting layer contain a light-emitting compound, a region made of the light-emitting compound, a region made of the second host material, or a region made of the third host material is generated during the process of vapor-deposition of the compound related to the second light-emitting layer 52 and the process of vapor-deposition of the compound related to the third light-emitting layer, and the region is present at the interface between the second light-emitting layer 52 and the third light-emitting layer.

It is also preferable that the organic EL element 1B further has an intervening layer.
When the organic EL element 1B has an intermediate layer, the intermediate layer is preferably disposed between the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second light-emitting layer 52 .

(Intervening layer)
The intermediate layer is preferably a non-doped layer and is preferably free of metal atoms.
The intervening layer includes an intervening layer material that is preferably not a light-emitting compound.
The material for the intervening layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a material other than a light-emitting compound.
Examples of the intervening layer material include: 1) heterocyclic compounds such as oxadiazole derivatives, benzimidazole derivatives, and phenanthroline derivatives; 2) condensed aromatic compounds such as carbazole derivatives, anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, and chrysene derivatives; and 3) aromatic amine compounds such as triarylamine derivatives and condensed polycyclic aromatic amine derivatives.

The intervening layer material may be one or both of the first compound contained in the first light-emitting layer 51 and the second compound contained in the second light-emitting layer 52.

When the intermediate layer contains a plurality of intermediate layer materials, the content of each of the intermediate layer materials is preferably 10 mass % or more of the total mass of the intermediate layer.
It is preferable that the intervening layer contains the above-mentioned intervening layer material in an amount of 60 mass% or more of the total mass of the intervening layer, more preferably 70 mass% or more of the total mass of the intervening layer, even more preferably 80 mass% or more of the total mass of the intervening layer, even more preferably 90 mass% or more of the total mass of the intervening layer, and even more preferably 95 mass% or more of the total mass of the intervening layer.
The intervening layer may contain only one type of intervening layer material, or may contain two or more types of intervening layer materials.
When the intervening layer contains two or more types of intervening layer materials, the upper limit of the total content of the two or more intervening layer materials is 100 mass %.
It should be noted that this embodiment does not exclude the intermediate layer containing a material other than the intermediate layer material.

The intervening layer may be composed of a single layer or may be composed of two or more laminated layers.

There are no particular limitations on the thickness of the intervening layer, but it is preferable for each layer to be between 3 nm and 15 nm, and more preferably between 5 nm and 10 nm.

The configuration of each layer common to organic EL element 1A and organic EL element 1B will be further described. Hereinafter, the reference symbols may be omitted.

(substrate)
The substrate 2 is used as a support for the organic EL element. For example, glass, quartz, plastic, etc. can be used as the substrate 2. A flexible substrate may also be used. A flexible substrate is a substrate that can be bent (flexible), and examples of such substrates include plastic substrates. Examples of materials for forming the plastic substrate include polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyethersulfone, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyimide, and polyethylene naphthalate. An inorganic vapor deposition film can also be used.

(anode)
For the anode 3 formed on the substrate, it is preferable to use a metal, alloy, electrically conductive compound, or a mixture thereof having a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or more). Specific examples include indium oxide-tin oxide (ITO), indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, tungsten oxide, indium oxide containing zinc oxide, graphene, and the like. Other examples include gold (Au), platinum (Pt), nickel (Ni), tungsten (W), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), copper (Cu), palladium (Pd), titanium (Ti), or nitrides of metal materials (for example, titanium nitride).

These materials are usually formed into a film by sputtering. For example, indium oxide-zinc oxide can be formed by sputtering using a target containing 1% to 10% by mass of zinc oxide added to indium oxide. Also, for example, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide can be formed by sputtering using a target containing 0.5% to 5% by mass of tungsten oxide and 0.1% to 1% by mass of zinc oxide relative to indium oxide. In addition, it may be formed by vacuum deposition, coating, inkjet, spin coating, etc.

Of the EL layers formed on the anode, the hole injection layer formed in contact with the anode is formed using a composite material that facilitates hole injection regardless of the work function of the anode, and therefore materials that can be used as electrode materials (e.g., metals, alloys, electrically conductive compounds, and mixtures of these, as well as other elements belonging to Groups 1 or 2 of the periodic table) can be used.

Materials with small work functions, such as elements belonging to Group 1 or 2 of the periodic table, i.e., alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), alkaline earth metals such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium (Sr), and alloys containing these (e.g., MgAg, AlLi), rare earth metals such as europium (Eu), ytterbium (Yb), and alloys containing these, can also be used. When forming an anode using alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and alloys containing these, a vacuum deposition method or a sputtering method can be used. Furthermore, when using silver paste, a coating method, an inkjet method, or the like can be used.

(cathode)
It is preferable to use metals, alloys, electrically conductive compounds, and mixtures thereof having a small work function (specifically, 3.8 eV or less) for the cathode 4. Specific examples of such cathode materials include elements belonging to Group 1 or 2 of the periodic table, i.e., alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), alkaline earth metals such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium (Sr), and alloys containing these (e.g., MgAg, AlLi), rare earth metals such as europium (Eu), ytterbium (Yb), and alloys containing these.

When forming a cathode using an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an alloy containing these, a vacuum deposition method or a sputtering method can be used. When using a silver paste, a coating method or an inkjet method can be used.

By providing an electron injection layer, the cathode can be formed using various conductive materials, such as Al, Ag, ITO, graphene, and indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, regardless of the magnitude of the work function. These conductive materials can be deposited using a sputtering method, an inkjet method, a spin coating method, or the like.

(Hole Injection Layer)
The hole injection layer 61 is a layer containing a substance with high hole injection properties, such as molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, silver oxide, tungsten oxide, manganese oxide, or the like.

In addition, examples of substances with high hole injection properties include low-molecular-weight organic compounds such as 4,4',4''-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviation: TDATA), 4,4',4''-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviation: MTDATA), 4,4'-bis[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: DPAB), 4,4'-bis(N-{4-[N'-(3-methylphenyl)-N'-phenylamino]phenyl}-N-phenylamino)biphenyl (abbreviation: DNTPD), and 1,3,5-tris[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: DNTPD). [N-(1-naphthyl)-N-(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)amino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCN1) and other aromatic amine compounds, as well as dipyrazino[2,3-f:20,30-h]quinoxaline-2,3,6,7,10,11-hexacarbonitrile (HAT-CN) and the like.

As a substance with high hole injection properties, a polymer compound (oligomer, dendrimer, polymer, etc.) can also be used. For example, polymer compounds such as poly(N-vinylcarbazole) (abbreviation: PVK), poly(4-vinyltriphenylamine) (abbreviation: PVTPA), poly[N-(4-{N'-[4-(4-diphenylamino)phenyl]phenyl-N'-phenylamino}phenyl)methacrylamide] (abbreviation: PTPDMA), poly[N,N'-bis(4-butylphenyl)-N,N'-bis(phenyl)benzidine] (abbreviation: Poly-TPD) can be used. In addition, a polymer compound to which an acid is added, such as poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)/poly(styrenesulfonic acid) (PEDOT/PSS) or polyaniline/poly(styrenesulfonic acid) (PAni/PSS), can also be used.

(Hole transport layer)
The hole transport layer 62 is a layer containing a substance with high hole transport properties. For the hole transport layer 62, an aromatic amine compound, a carbazole derivative, an anthracene derivative, or the like can be used. Specifically, 4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: NPB), N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine (abbreviation: TPD), 4-phenyl-4'-(9-phenylfluoren-9-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviation: BAFLP), 4,4'-bis[N-(9,9-dimethylfluoren-2-yl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl, etc. can be used. Examples of the aromatic amine compounds that can be used include aromatic amine compounds such as 4,4',4''-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviation: TDATA), 4,4',4''-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviation: MTDATA), and 4,4'-bis[N-(spiro-9,9'-bifluoren-2-yl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: BSPB). The substances described here mainly have a hole mobility of 10 ^-6 cm ² /(V·s) or more.

The hole transport layer 62 may be made of carbazole derivatives such as CBP, 9-[4-(N-carbazolyl)]phenyl-10-phenylanthracene (CzPA), and 9-phenyl-3-[4-(10-phenyl-9-anthryl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole (PCzPA), or anthracene derivatives such as t-BuDNA, DNA, and DPAnth. Polymer compounds such as poly(N-vinylcarbazole) (abbreviated as PVK) and poly(4-vinyltriphenylamine) (abbreviated as PVTPA) may also be used.

However, other substances may be used as long as they have a higher hole transporting property than electron transporting property. Note that the layer containing the substance having a high hole transporting property may be a single layer or may be a stack of two or more layers made of the above substances.

(Electron Transport Layer)
The electron transport layer 71 is a layer containing a substance having high electron transport properties. For the electron transport layer 71, 1) a metal complex such as an aluminum complex, a beryllium complex, or a zinc complex, 2) a heteroaromatic compound such as an imidazole derivative, a benzimidazole derivative, an azine derivative, a carbazole derivative, or a phenanthroline derivative, or 3) a polymer compound can be used. Specifically, as a low-molecular organic compound, a metal complex such as Alq, tris(4-methyl-8-quinolinolato)aluminum (abbreviation: Almq ₃ ), bis(10-hydroxybenzo[h]quinolinato)beryllium (abbreviation: BeBq ₂ ), BAlq, Znq, ZnPBO, or ZnBTZ can be used. In addition to metal complexes, 2-(4-biphenylyl)-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (abbreviation: PBD), 1,3-bis[5-(ptert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl]benzene (abbreviation: OXD-7), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4-biphenylyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: Heteroaromatic compounds such as 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5-(4-biphenylyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: p-EtTAZ), bathophenanthroline (abbreviation: BPhen), bathocuproine (abbreviation: BCP), and 4,4'-bis(5-methylbenzoxazol-2-yl)stilbene (abbreviation: BzOs) can also be used. In this embodiment, a benzimidazole compound can be preferably used. The substances described here are mainly substances having an electron mobility of 10 ^-6 cm ² /(V·s) or more. Note that, as long as the substance has a higher electron transporting property than a hole transporting property, a substance other than the above may be used as the electron transporting layer. In addition, the electron transporting layer may be formed of a single layer, or may be formed of two or more layers of the above substances stacked together.

Polymer compounds can also be used for the electron transport layer 71. For example, poly[(9,9-dihexylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(pyridine-3,5-diyl)] (abbreviation: PF-Py) or poly[(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(2,2'-bipyridine-6,6'-diyl)] (abbreviation: PF-BPy) can be used.

(Electron Injection Layer)
The electron injection layer 72 is a layer containing a substance with high electron injection properties. For the electron injection layer 72, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, or compounds thereof, such as lithium (Li), cesium (Cs), calcium (Ca), lithium fluoride (LiF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF ₂ ), and lithium oxide (LiOx), can be used. In addition, a substance having electron transport properties containing an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or a compound thereof, specifically, a substance containing magnesium (Mg) in Alq, can be used. In this case, electron injection from the cathode can be performed more efficiently.

Alternatively, a composite material obtained by mixing an organic compound and an electron donor (donor) may be used for the electron injection layer 72. Such a composite material has excellent electron injection and electron transport properties because electrons are generated in the organic compound by the electron donor. In this case, the organic compound is preferably a material that is excellent in transporting the generated electrons, and specifically, for example, the above-mentioned substances constituting the electron transport layer (metal complexes, heteroaromatic compounds, etc.) can be used. The electron donor may be any substance that exhibits electron donating properties to the organic compound. Specifically, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and rare earth metals are preferred, and examples of such substances include lithium, cesium, magnesium, calcium, erbium, and ytterbium. Furthermore, alkali metal oxides and alkaline earth metal oxides are preferred, and examples of such substances include lithium oxide, calcium oxide, and barium oxide. Furthermore, a Lewis base such as magnesium oxide can also be used. Furthermore, an organic compound such as tetrathiafulvalene (abbreviation: TTF) can also be used.

(Layer Formation Method)
The method for forming each layer of the organic EL element of the present embodiment is not limited to those specifically mentioned above, but may be any known method, such as a dry film formation method, such as a vacuum deposition method, a sputtering method, a plasma method, or an ion plating method, or a wet film formation method, such as a spin coating method, a dipping method, a flow coating method, or an inkjet method.

(Film Thickness)
The thickness of each organic layer of the organic EL element of the present embodiment is not limited unless otherwise specified above. In general, if the thickness is too thin, defects such as pinholes are likely to occur, and if the thickness is too thick, a high applied voltage is required, resulting in poor efficiency. Therefore, the thickness of each organic layer of the organic EL element is usually preferably in the range of several nm to 1 μm.

According to this embodiment, an organic electroluminescent element with improved lifetime can be provided.

Fifth embodiment
(Electronic devices)
The electronic device according to the present embodiment is equipped with any of the organic EL elements according to the above-mentioned embodiments. Examples of the electronic device include display devices and light-emitting devices. Examples of the display device include display components (e.g., organic EL panel modules), televisions, mobile phones, tablets, and personal computers. Examples of the light-emitting device include lighting and vehicle lamps.

[Modifications of the embodiment]
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and any modifications and improvements that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.

For example, the number of light-emitting layers is not limited to one or two, and more than two light-emitting layers may be laminated. When the organic EL element has more than two light-emitting layers, for example, the light-emitting layers other than the light-emitting layers described in the above embodiments may be fluorescent light-emitting layers or phosphorescent light-emitting layers that utilize light emission due to electronic transition from a triplet excited state directly to the ground state.
Furthermore, when the organic EL element has a plurality of light-emitting layers, these light-emitting layers may be provided adjacent to each other, or the organic EL element may be a so-called tandem type organic EL element in which a plurality of light-emitting units are stacked with an intervening layer interposed therebetween.

In addition, for example, a blocking layer may be provided adjacent to at least one of the anode side and the cathode side of the light-emitting layer. The blocking layer is preferably disposed in contact with the light-emitting layer and blocks at least one of holes, electrons, and excitons.
For example, when a blocking layer is disposed in contact with the light-emitting layer on the cathode side, the blocking layer transports electrons and prevents holes from reaching a layer (e.g., an electron transport layer) on the cathode side of the blocking layer. When the organic EL element includes an electron transport layer, it is preferable to include the blocking layer between the light-emitting layer and the electron transport layer.
In addition, when a blocking layer is disposed in contact with the light-emitting layer on the anode side, the blocking layer transports holes and prevents electrons from reaching a layer (e.g., a hole transport layer) on the anode side of the blocking layer. When the organic EL element includes a hole transport layer, it is preferable to include the blocking layer between the light-emitting layer and the hole transport layer.
A barrier layer may be provided adjacent to the light-emitting layer to prevent the excitation energy from leaking from the light-emitting layer to the surrounding layers, and prevents excitons generated in the light-emitting layer from migrating to layers on the electrode side of the barrier layer (e.g., the electron transport layer and the hole transport layer, etc.).
The light emitting layer and the barrier layer are preferably in contact with each other.

In addition, the specific structure and shape, etc., used in implementing the present invention may be other structures, etc., as long as the object of the present invention is achieved.

The present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to examples. The present invention is not limited to these examples.

<Compound>
The structures of the compound represented by the general formula (1C) and the compound represented by the general formula (1C-B) used in the production of the organic EL device according to the examples are shown below.

The structures of the compound represented by general formula (1C), the compound represented by general formula (1C-A), and the compound represented by general formula (1C-B) used in the production of the organic EL element of the example are shown below.

The structures of the compound represented by general formula (1C), the compound represented by general formula (1C-B), and the compound represented by general formula (1C-C) used in the production of the organic EL element of the example are shown below.

The structure of the comparative compound used in the manufacture of the organic EL element of the comparative example is shown below.

The structures of other compounds used in the organic EL elements of the examples and comparative examples are shown below.

<Preparation of Organic EL Element>
An organic EL device was prepared as follows and evaluated.

Example 1-1
A glass substrate (manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) with an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) transparent electrode (anode) measuring 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.1 mm was ultrasonically cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes, and then UV ozone cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.
The cleaned glass substrate with the transparent electrode lines was attached to a substrate holder in a vacuum deposition apparatus, and compound HIL-1 was deposited on the surface on which the transparent electrode lines were formed so as to cover the transparent electrodes, thereby forming a hole injection layer (HI) with a thickness of 5 nm.
Following the formation of the hole injection layer, compound HTL-1 was evaporated to form a first hole transport layer having a thickness of 80 nm.
Following the formation of the first hole transporting layer, a compound EBL-1 was evaporated to form a second hole transporting layer (also referred to as an electron blocking layer) having a thickness of 10 nm.
On the second hole transport layer, compound BH1-1 as a first compound and compound BD-1 as a first luminescent compound were co-deposited such that the ratio of compound BH1-1 was 98 mass % and the ratio of compound BD-1 was 2 mass %, to form a first luminescent layer with a thickness of 12.5 nm.
On the first emitting layer, compound BH-2 as a second compound and compound BD-1 as a second luminescent compound were co-deposited such that the ratio of compound BH-2 was 98 mass % and the ratio of compound BD-1 was 2 mass %, thereby forming a second emitting layer with a thickness of 12.5 nm.
On the second light-emitting layer, a compound aET-1 was evaporated to form a first electron-transporting layer (also referred to as a hole-blocking layer) having a thickness of 10 nm.
The compound bET-1 was deposited on the first electron transport layer to form a second electron transport layer having a thickness of 15 nm.
LiF was evaporated onto the second electron transport layer to form an electron injection layer having a thickness of 1 nm.
Metallic Al was evaporated onto the electron injection layer to form a cathode having a thickness of 80 nm.
The device configuration of Example 1-1 is shown in schematic form as follows.
ITO(130)/HIL-1(5)/HTL-1(80)/EBL-1(10)/BH1-1:BD-1(12.5,98%:2%)/BH-2:BD-1(12.5,98%:2%)/aET-1(10)/bET-1(15)/LiF(1)/Al(80)
The numbers in parentheses indicate the film thickness (unit: nm).
Similarly, the figures expressed as percentages in parentheses (98%:2%) indicate the proportions (mass %) of compound BH1-1 or compound BH-2 and compound BD-1 in the first emitting layer or the second emitting layer.

[Examples 1-2 to 1-10]
The organic EL devices of Examples 1-2 to 1-10 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1, except that the first compound in the first emitting layer was changed to a compound shown in Table 1, respectively.

Comparative Example 1-1
The organic EL element of Comparative Example 1-1 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1-1, except that the first compound in the first emitting layer was changed to a compound shown in Table 1.

Example 2-1
A glass substrate (manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) with an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) transparent electrode (anode) measuring 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.1 mm was ultrasonically cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes and then UV ozone cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.
The cleaned glass substrate with transparent electrode lines was attached to a substrate holder in a vacuum deposition apparatus. First, the compounds HTL-2 and HIL-2 were co-deposited onto the surface on which the transparent electrode lines were formed so as to cover the transparent electrode, so that the ratio of compound HTL-2 was 90% by mass and the ratio of compound HIL-2 was 10% by mass, thereby forming a hole injection layer (HI) with a thickness of 10 nm.
Following the formation of the hole injection layer, compound HTL-2 was evaporated to form a first hole transport layer having a thickness of 85 nm.
Following the formation of the first hole transporting layer, a compound EBL-2 was evaporated to form a second hole transporting layer (also referred to as an electron blocking layer) having a thickness of 5 nm.
On the second hole transport layer, compound BH1-1 as a first compound and compound BD-2 as a first luminescent compound were co-deposited such that the ratio of compound BH1-1 was 98 mass % and the ratio of compound BD-2 was 2 mass %, to form a first luminescent layer with a thickness of 10 nm.
On the first emitting layer, the compound BH-2-4 as a second compound and the compound BD-2 as a second luminescent compound were co-deposited such that the ratio of the compound BH-2-4 was 98 mass % and the ratio of the compound BD-2 was 2 mass %, thereby forming a second emitting layer with a thickness of 10 nm.
On the second light-emitting layer, a compound aET-2 was evaporated to form a first electron-transporting layer (also referred to as a hole-blocking layer) having a thickness of 5 nm.
On the first electron transport layer, the compounds bET-2 and Liq were co-deposited so that the ratio of the compound bET-2 was 50% by mass and the ratio of the compound Liq was 50% by mass to form an electron transport layer having a thickness of 25 nm. Liq is an abbreviation for (8-quinolinolato)lithium.
Liq was evaporated onto the second electron transport layer to form an electron injection layer having a thickness of 1 nm.
Metallic Al was evaporated onto the electron injection layer to form a cathode having a thickness of 80 nm.
The device configuration of Example 2-1 is shown in schematic form as follows.
ITO(130)/HTL-2:HIL-2(10,90%:10%)/HTL-2(85)/EBL-2(5)/BH1-1:BD-2(10,98%:2%)/BH-2-4:BD-2(10,98%:2%)/aET-2(5)/bET-2:Liq(25,50%:50%)/Liq(1 )/Al(80)
The numbers in parentheses indicate the film thickness (unit: nm).
Similarly, the percentages in parentheses (90%:10%) indicate the ratio (mass %) of compound HTL-2 and compound HIL-2.
Similarly, the figures in parentheses expressed as percentages (98%:2%) indicate the proportions (mass %) of compound BH1-1 or compound BH-2-4 and compound BD-2 in the first emitting layer or the second emitting layer.

[Examples 2-2 to 2-4]
The organic EL devices of Examples 2-2 to 2-4 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that the first compound in the first emitting layer was changed to a compound shown in Table 2, respectively.

Comparative Example 2-1
The organic EL element of Comparative Example 2-1 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that the first compound in the first emitting layer was changed to a compound shown in Table 2.

Example 3-1
A glass substrate (manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) with an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) transparent electrode (anode) measuring 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.1 mm was ultrasonically cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes, and then UV ozone cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.
The cleaned glass substrate with transparent electrode lines was attached to a substrate holder in a vacuum deposition apparatus. First, the compound HTL-2 and the compound HIL-2 were co-deposited onto the surface on which the transparent electrode lines were formed so as to cover the transparent electrode, so that the ratio of compound HTL-2 was 90% by mass and the ratio of compound HIL-2 was 10% by mass, thereby forming a hole injection layer (HI) with a thickness of 10 nm.
Following the formation of the hole injection layer, compound HTL-2 was evaporated to form a first hole transport layer having a thickness of 85 nm.
Following the formation of the first hole transporting layer, a compound EBL-2 was evaporated to form a second hole transporting layer (also referred to as an electron blocking layer) having a thickness of 5 nm.
On the second hole transport layer, the compound BH1-1 as a first compound and the compound BD-3 as a first luminescent compound were co-deposited such that the ratio of the compound BH1-1 was 98 mass % and the ratio of the compound BD-3 was 2 mass %, to form a first luminescent layer with a thickness of 10 nm.
On the first emitting layer, the compound BH-2-4 as a second compound and the compound BD-3 as a second luminescent compound were co-deposited such that the ratio of the compound BH-2-4 was 98 mass % and the ratio of the compound BD-3 was 2 mass %, thereby forming a second emitting layer with a thickness of 10 nm.
On the second light-emitting layer, a compound aET-2 was evaporated to form a first electron-transporting layer (also referred to as a hole-blocking layer) having a thickness of 5 nm.
On the first electron transport layer, the compounds bET-2 and Liq were co-deposited so that the ratio of the compound bET-2 was 50% by mass and the ratio of the compound Liq was 50% by mass, to form an electron transport layer with a thickness of 25 nm.
Liq was evaporated onto the second electron transport layer to form an electron injection layer having a thickness of 1 nm.
Metallic Al was evaporated onto the electron injection layer to form a cathode having a thickness of 80 nm.
The device configuration of Example 3-1 is shown in schematic form as follows.
ITO(130)/HTL-2:HIL-2(10,90%:10%)/HTL-2(85)/EBL-2(5)/BH1-1:BD-3(10,98%:2%)/BH-2-4:BD-3(10,98%:2%)/aET-2(5)/bET-2:Liq(25,50%:50%)/Liq(1 )/Al(80)
The numbers in parentheses indicate the film thickness (unit: nm).
Similarly, the percentages in parentheses (90%:10%) indicate the ratio (mass %) of compound HTL-2 and compound HIL-2.
Similarly, the figures in parentheses expressed as percentages (98%:2%) indicate the proportions (mass %) of compound BH1-1 or compound BH-2-4 and compound BD-3 in the first emitting layer or the second emitting layer.

[Examples 3-2 to 3-4]
The organic EL devices of Examples 3-2 to 3-4 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the first compound in the first emitting layer was changed to a compound shown in Table 3, respectively.

Comparative Example 3-1
The organic EL element of Comparative Example 3-1 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the first compound in the first emitting layer was changed to a compound shown in Table 3.

<Evaluation of Organic EL Device>
The organic EL elements prepared in Examples 1-1 to 1-10, 2-1 to 2-4, 3-1 to 3-4, and Comparative Examples 1-1, 2-1, and 3-1 were evaluated as follows. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 1 to 3.

・Lifespan (LT95)
A voltage was applied to the obtained organic EL element so that the current density was 50 mA/ ^cm2 , and the time until the luminance reached 95% of the initial luminance (LT95 (unit: hour)) was measured. The luminance was measured using a spectroradiometer CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.).

Table 1 shows the measured LT95 values for each example (Example 1-1 to Example 1-10, and Comparative Example 1-1), as well as the "LT95 (relative value)" (unit: %) calculated based on the following formula (Math 1X).
LT95 (relative value) = (LT95 of each example / LT95 of Comparative Example 1-1) x 100 ... (Equation 1X)

Table 2 shows the measured LT95 values for each example (Example 2-1 to Example 2-4, and Comparative Example 2-1), as well as the "LT95 (relative value)" (unit: %) calculated based on the following formula (Math. 2X).
LT95 (relative value) = (LT95 of each example / LT95 of Comparative Example 2-1) x 100 ... (Equation 2X)

Table 3 shows the measured LT95 values for each example (Example 3-1 to Example 3-4, and Comparative Example 3-1), as well as the "LT95 (relative value)" (unit: %) calculated based on the following formula (Math 3X).
LT95 (relative value) = (LT95 of each example / LT95 of Comparative Example 3-1) x 100 (Equation 3X)

The organic EL elements of Examples 1-1 to 3-4, which use a compound represented by general formula (1C-A), a compound represented by general formula (1C-B), a compound represented by general formula (1C-C), and a compound represented by general formula (1C), have a longer life than the organic EL elements of Comparative Example 1-1 to Comparative Example 3-1.

<Evaluation of Compounds>
(Triplet energy T ₁ )
The compound to be measured was dissolved in EPA (diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 (volume ratio)) to a concentration of 10 μmol/L to prepare a solution, and this solution was placed in a quartz cell to prepare a measurement sample. The phosphorescence spectrum (vertical axis: phosphorescence emission intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) of this measurement sample was measured at low temperature (77 [K]), a tangent was drawn to the rising edge on the short wavelength side of this phosphorescence spectrum, and the energy amount calculated from the following conversion formula (F1) based on the wavelength value λ _edge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent and the horizontal axis was defined as the triplet energy T _1. The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
The triplet energy _T1 may have an error of about 0.02 eV depending on the measurement conditions.
Conversion formula (F1): T ₁ [eV] = 1239.85/λ _edge

The tangent to the rising edge of the phosphorescence spectrum on the short wavelength side is drawn as follows. When moving along the spectral curve from the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum to the shortest maximum of the spectral maxima, consider the tangent at each point on the curve toward the long wavelength side. The slope of this tangent increases as the curve rises (i.e., as the vertical axis increases). The tangent drawn at the point where this slope is at its maximum (i.e., the tangent at the inflection point) is the tangent to the rising edge of the phosphorescence spectrum on the short wavelength side.
Note that a maximum point having a peak intensity of 15% or less of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not included in the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side described above, and a tangent drawn at a point where the slope value is the maximum value that is closest to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side is regarded as a tangent to the rising edge on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum.
The phosphorescence was measured using a spectrofluorophotometer F-4500 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.

(Singlet energy S ₁ )
A 10 μmol/L toluene solution of the compound to be measured was prepared and placed in a quartz cell, and the absorption spectrum of this sample (vertical axis: absorption intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) was measured at room temperature (300 K). A tangent line was drawn to the fall of the long wavelength side of this absorption spectrum, and the wavelength value λedge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent line and the horizontal axis was substituted into the following conversion formula (F2) to calculate the singlet energy _S1 . The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
Conversion formula (F2): S ₁ [eV] = 1239.85/λedge
The absorption spectrum measuring device used was a spectrophotometer manufactured by Hitachi Ltd. (device name: U3310).

The tangent to the fall on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum is drawn as follows. When moving on the spectral curve from the maximum value on the longest wavelength side among the maximum values of the absorption spectrum in the direction towards longer wavelengths, consider the tangent at each point on the curve. As the curve falls (i.e., as the value on the vertical axis decreases), the slope of this tangent decreases and then increases repeatedly. The tangent drawn at the point where the slope is at its minimum value on the longest wavelength side (excluding cases where the absorbance is 0.1 or less) is regarded as the tangent to the fall on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum.
Note that maximum points with absorbance values of 0.2 or less are not included in the maximum values on the longest wavelength side.

(Maximum peak wavelength of compound)
The maximum peak wavelength λ of the compound was measured by the following method.
A 5 μmol/L toluene solution of the compound to be measured was prepared and placed in a quartz cell, and the emission spectrum (vertical axis: emission intensity, horizontal axis: wavelength) of this sample was measured at room temperature (300K). In this example, the emission spectrum was measured using a spectrofluorophotometer (device name: F-7000) manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Corporation. Note that the emission spectrum measuring device is not limited to the device used here. In the emission spectrum, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum at which the emission intensity is maximum was defined as the maximum peak wavelength λ.
The maximum peak wavelength λ of compound BD-1 was 452 nm.
The maximum peak wavelength λ of compound BD-2 was 455 nm.
The maximum peak wavelength λ of compound BD-3 was 457 nm.

<Synthesis of Compounds>
[Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of compound BH1-1]
Compound BH1-1 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of compound BH1-1)
Under an argon atmosphere, 5.44 g (20.0 mmol) of intermediate 1-A, 5.62 g (20.0 mmol) of intermediate 1-B, 0.46 g (0.4 mmol) of dichlorobisamphospalladium (2), 30.0 ml (60.0 mmol) of 2M aqueous sodium carbonate solution, and 100 ml of 1,2-dimethoxyethane were charged into a flask and stirred under reflux for 8 hours. After stirring, the mixture was cooled to room temperature (25°C), the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 5.4 g (yield 63%) of a white solid.
The white solid was identified as compound BH1-1 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of compound BH1-3]
Compound BH1-3 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of Intermediate 3-B)
Intermediate 3-B was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, except that intermediate 3-A and phenylboronic acid were used instead of intermediate 1-A and intermediate 1-B in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, and 7.0 g of a white solid was obtained (yield 87%).
The white solid was identified as Intermediate 3-B by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

(Synthesis of Intermediate 3-C)
Under an argon atmosphere, 7.0 g (23.0 mmol) of Intermediate 3-B, 4.1 g (23.0 mmol) of N-bromosuccinimide (NBS), and 115 ml of dichloromethane were placed in a flask and heated under reflux with stirring for 48 hours. After cooling to room temperature (25° C.), the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 5.6 g (yield 64%) of a white solid.
The white solid was identified as intermediate 3-C by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

(Synthesis of compound BH1-3)
Compound BH1-3 was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, except that intermediates 3-C and 3-D were used instead of intermediates 1-A and 1-B in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, and 0.6 g of a pale yellow solid was obtained (yield 25%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-3 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of compound BH1-4]
Compound BH1-4 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of Compound BH1-4)
Under an argon atmosphere, 5.7 g (11.3 mmol) of compound BH1-3 and 100 ml of ortho-dichlorobenzene were charged into a flask, and after complete dissolution with stirring at room temperature, 50 ml of benzene-d6 was added and stirred at 10° C. for 5 minutes. Then, 1.99 ml (22.5 mmol) of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid was added and stirred at 10° C. for 2 hours. Then, 200 ml of heavy water was added and stirred for an additional 15 minutes. After stirring, the aqueous layer was removed and the remaining organic layer was concentrated, and the obtained solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 0.5 g of a pale yellow solid (yield 24%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-4 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of compound BH1-5]
Compound BH1-5 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of compound BH1-5)
Compound BH1-1 was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, except that intermediates 3-C and 5-D were used instead of intermediates 1-A and 1-B, to obtain 0.9 g of a pale yellow solid (yield 47%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-5 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of compound BH1-6]
Compound BH1-6 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of compound BH1-6)
Compound BH1-1 was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, except that intermediates 3-C and 6-D were used instead of intermediates 1-A and 1-B, to obtain 1.1 g of a pale yellow solid (yield 49%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-6 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of compound BH1-7]
Compound BH1-7 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of Intermediate 7-B)
Under an argon atmosphere, 11.6 g (43.2 mmol) of Intermediate 7-A and 215 ml of dichloromethane were placed in a flask, and the solution was cooled to 0° C., after which 4.4 ml (56.1 mmol) of pyridine was added dropwise to the system, and then 9.2 ml (56.1 mmol) of trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride was added dropwise to the system, followed by stirring for 1 hour.
After stirring for an additional 6 hours while returning to room temperature (25° C.), ice water was added to the reaction solution. After thorough stirring, the aqueous layer was removed, the remaining organic layer was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 21.3 g of a white solid (yield 73%).
The white solid was identified as Intermediate 7-B by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

(Synthesis of Intermediate 7-D)
Compound BH1-1 was synthesized in the same manner as compound BH1-1, except that intermediates 7-B and 7-C were used instead of intermediates 1-A and 1-B, to obtain 19.3 g of a white solid (yield 87%).
The white solid was identified as Intermediate 7-D by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

(Synthesis of Intermediate 7-E)
Under an argon atmosphere, 28.1 g of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride and 130 ml of tetrahydrofuran were charged into a flask and stirred for 5 minutes, after which 82 ml of a 1 mol/L solution of potassium tert-butoxide in tetrahydrofuran was added and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Then, a solution of 21.1 g of intermediate 7-D dissolved in 342 ml of tetrahydrofuran was added to the system and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then, the precipitated solid was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 22.5 g of a white solid (yield 98%).
The white solid was identified as intermediate 7-E by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

(Synthesis of Intermediate 7-F)
Under an argon atmosphere, 22.5 g of intermediate 7-E and 684 ml of dichloromethane were charged into a flask and stirred at 0° C. for 5 minutes, after which 7 ml of methanesulfonic acid was added and stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours. After that, the mixture was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate to remove the aqueous layer, and the organic layer was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 9.4 g of a white solid (yield 45%).
The white solid was identified as intermediate 7-F by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

(Synthesis of intermediate 7-G)
Under an argon atmosphere, 6.5 g (19.8 mmol) of intermediate 7-F, 10.0 g (39.5 mmol) of bis(pinacolato)diboron, 0.09 g (0.4 mmol) of palladium(II) acetate, 0.75 g (1.6 mmol) of XPhos, 5.82 g (59.3 mmol) of potassium acetate, and 100 mL of 1,4-dioxane were placed in a flask and stirred at 100° C. for 7 hours. After stirring, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. After cooling, the organic layer was washed with saturated saline and then dried by adding sodium sulfate. After drying, the mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain 5.7 g of a white solid (yield 41%).
The white solid was identified as intermediate 7-G by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

(Synthesis of compound BH1-7)
Compound BH1-1 was synthesized in the same manner as compound BH1-1, except that intermediates 7-G and 7-H were used instead of intermediates 1-A and 1-B, to obtain 1.9 g of a pale yellow solid (yield 25%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-7 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of compound BH1-8]
Compound BH1-8 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of compound BH1-8)
Compound BH1-4 was synthesized in the same manner as compound BH1-4, except that compound BH1-7 was used instead of compound BH1-3, to obtain 0.2 g of a pale yellow solid (yield 43%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-8 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of compound BH1-9]
Compound BH1-9 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of compound BH1-9)
Compound BH1-1 was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, except that intermediate 3-A and intermediate 6-D were used instead of intermediate 1-A and intermediate 1-B, to obtain 3.4 g of a pale yellow solid (yield 82%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-9 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis of compound BH1-10]
Compound BH1-10 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of compound BH1-10)
Compound BH1-1 was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, except that intermediate 3-A and intermediate 10-D were used instead of intermediate 1-A and intermediate 1-B, and 2.2 g of a pale yellow solid was obtained (yield 77%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-10 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

[Synthesis Example 10: Synthesis of compound BH1-11]
Compound BH1-11 was synthesized according to the following synthetic route.

(Synthesis of compound BH1-11)
Compound BH1-1 was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound BH1-1, except that intermediates 3-C and 10-D were used instead of intermediates 1-A and 1-B, to obtain 1.7 g of a pale yellow solid (yield 40%).
The pale yellow solid was identified as compound BH1-11 by LC-MS analysis (liquid chromatography mass spectrometry).

1A, 1B... organic EL element, 2... substrate, 3... anode, 4... cathode, 5A, 5B... light-emitting region, 5... light-emitting layer, 51... first light-emitting layer, 52... second light-emitting layer, 6... hole transport zone, 61... hole injection layer, 62... hole transport layer, 7... electron transport zone, 71... electron transport layer, 72... electron injection layer.

Claims (12)

A compound represented by the following general formula (1C-B):

(In the above general formula (1C-B),
R ₁₁ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B) above, or R ₁₂ is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B) above,
R ₁ to R ₃ , R ₄ to R ₆ , R ₇ , R ₈ , R ₉ , and R ₁₀ each independently represent
Protium atom,
deuterium atom, or
is an unsubstituted phenyl group ,
When R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B), R ₁₂ is a hydrogen atom , a deuterium atom , or an unsubstituted phenyl group,
When R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B), R ₁₁ is an unsubstituted phenyl group,
In the general formula (1D-B), one of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ indicates a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-B), and one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B) that are not the bonding position are not bonded to each other ,
R ₂₁ to R ₃₀ in the general formula (1D-B), which are not bonding positions to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-B), each independently represent
Protium atom,
deuterium atom, or
It is an unsubstituted phenyl group . In the compound according to claim 1 ,
The group represented by the general formula (1D-B) is a group represented by the following general formula (1D-B1), (1D-B2) or (1D-B3):
Compound.

(In the above general formula (1D-B1),
one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ are not bonded to each other ,
R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ each independently represent
Protium atom,
deuterium atom, or
is an unsubstituted phenyl group ,
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-B),
In the general formula (1D-B2),
one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ are not bonded to each other ;
R ₂₁ to R ₂₈ and R ₃₀ each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-B1);
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in general formula (1C-B),
In the general formula (1D-B3),
one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ are not bonded to each other ;
R ₂₁ to R ₂₇ , R ₂₉ , and R ₃₀ each independently have the same definition as R ₂₁ to R ₂₉ in formula (1D-B1);
* indicates the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1C-B). In the compound according to claim 2,
The group represented by the general formula (1D-B) is a group represented by the general formula (1D-B1).
Compound. In the compound according to claim 1 ,
R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B).
Compound. In the compound according to claim 1 ,
R ₁₂ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B).
Compound. In the compound according to claim 1 ,
R ₁₁ is a group represented by general formula (1D-B), and R ₁₂ is an unsubstituted phenyl group.
Compound. In the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 ,
R ₇ and R ₁₂ are hydrogen atoms or deuterium atoms ;
Compound. In the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 ,
Having one or more deuterium atoms in the molecule
Compound. Contains a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 .
Organic electroluminescent element. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 9 ,
An anode;
A cathode;
an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode;
the organic layer has a light-emitting region;
the light emitting region comprises at least one light emitting layer;
The light-emitting layer contains the compound.
Organic electroluminescent element. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 10 ,
the light-emitting region includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer;
the first light-emitting layer contains the compound as a first compound,
the second light-emitting layer contains a second compound,
A triplet energy T ₁ (H1) of the first compound and a triplet energy T ₁ (H2) of the second compound satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1):
Organic electroluminescent element.
_T1 (H1)> _T1 (H2) ... (Equation 1) An electronic device comprising the organic electroluminescence element according to claim 9 .

Images